Issuu on Google+

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

8. Liquid Handling Contents

Volumetric apparatus

790

Volumetric cylinders 790 + Graduated flasks 798

Pipettes

807

Volumetric pipettes 807 + Graduated pipettes 812 + Pipette controllers 826 + Pipetting accessories 831 + Microlitre Pipettors 833 + Pipette tips 852

Dispensing

865

Hand dispensers 865 + Bottletop dispensers 871

Titration

884

Burettes 884 + Digital burettes 887 + Titrators 895

Pumps

900

Drum pumps 900 + Peristaltic pumps 907

789


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Volumetric cylinders 1

1 Measuring cylinders, class A, blue graduated Borosilicate glass 3.3 Conformity certified with batch ID.To DIN EN ISO 4788, DIN 12680. High form, hexagonal foot with spout. Capacity

Isolab

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.050 0.100 0.250 0.500 0.500 1.000 2.500 5.000 10.000

mm 115 135 160 195 240 320 380 465 565

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178

Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

2

2 Measuring cylinders, Borosilicate glass, class B, blue graduated With spout, tolerances better than class B, hexagonal glass base, high-contrast blue graduations with short line minor graduations, IN (TC) calibrated, acc. to DIN EN ISO 4788. Capacity

Grad.

ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20

Hirschmann

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.05 0.15 0.375 0.75 0.75 1.5 3.75 7.5 15.0

mm 115 140 170 200 260 335 390 470 570

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

198 199 200 201 202 203 204 206 207

4

3

3 4 Measuring cylinders, Duran®, class A, blue graduated Conformity certified. With dated batch ID. To DIN 12680 T2, calibrated to contain (In). Inscriptions and graduations in permanent blue ceramic colour. With spout and hexagonal foot. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity

Grad.

ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.5 5.0 10.0

mm 115 140 170 200 260 335 390 470 570

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

790

Hirschmann

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Volumetric cylinders 1 Measuring cylinders, Borosilicate glass, class B, amber graduated

1

Measuring cylinders, with spout, tolerances better than class B. With hexagonal glass base, durable amber stain graduations, short line graduation, IN (TC) calibrated, acc. to DIN EN ISO 4788. Capacity

Grad.

ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 5000*

ml 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10.0 20.0 50.0

Hirschmann

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.075 0.15 0.375 0.75 0.75 1.5 3.75 7.5 15.0 37.5

mm 115 140 170 200 260 335 390 470 570 650

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.078 6.200 6.200 7.200 6.510 6.200 6.510 6.510 6.510 7.510

159 432 433 508 180 434 181 182 183 242

* Supplementary to DIN.

2 3 Measuring cylinders, Duran®, class A, amber graduated

2

With spout, conformity certified, with dated batch identification, hexagonal glass base, with durable amber stain graduations, ring mark at main graduation points, IN (TC) calibrated, acc. to DIN EN ISO 4788.

Hirschmann

Hirschmann supplies class A or AS volumetric glassware with batch and production year indicators as standard, at no additional charge. Therefore these measuring instruments are suitable for the use in labs certified acc. to DIN EN ISO. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity

Grad.

ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10.0 20.0

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.5 5.0 10.0

mm 115 140 170 200 260 335 390 470 570

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.901 6.250 6.700 6.201 6.303 6.250 6.222 6.200 6.206

399 413 903 104 988 483 339 496 675

3

4 Measuring cylinders, Duran®, class A

4

With spout, tall form. Blaubrand®. To DIN EN ISO 4788. BRAND Conformity certified with works certified batch number. With spout and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to contain. All Blaubrand® cylinders are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate per outer pack. Also available with individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificate on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website. Capacity

Grad.

ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20

Height

Tolerance

PK

mm 115 140 170 200 260 335 365 465 505

± ml 0.05 0.10 0.25 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.5 5.0 10

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

105 108 120 128 138 148 154 162 164

791


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Volumetric cylinders 1

1 2 Measuring cylinders, Duran®

2

With spout, tall form. Silberbrand Eterna. Class B. To DIN EN ISO 4788. BRAND With spout and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna permanent amber stain. Calibrated to contain. Available with glass, or detachable plastic, feet (A) and PP protective collars (plastic feet (B) and collar are not autoclavable).

Capacity

Grad.

ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000

ml 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10

3

Height mm 115 140 170 200 260 335 365 465 505 135 170 190 260 335 370 450

Tolerance Foot ± ml 0.08 0.15 0.4 0.8 0.8 1.5 4 8 15 0.15 0.4 0.8 0.8 1.5 4 8

PK

Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass PP (detachable) PP (detachable) PP (detachable) PP (detachable) PP (detachable) PP (detachable) PP (detachable)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

005 008 020 028 038 048 054 062 064 071 072 073 074 075 076 077

3 Measuring cylinders, Duran®, Class B, amber graduations Low form, with hexagonal foot and spout. With permanent amber stain graduations, calibrated to contain.

4

Cat. No.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 1 1 2 2 5 10 20 50

Hirschmann

Height

PK

mm 100 120 145 160 190 255 295 325

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197

4 Measuring cylinders, Duran®, class B, amber graduations Low form. Silberbrand Eterna. DIN EN ISO 4788. With spout and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna permanent amber stain. Calibrated to contain. Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 1 1 2 2 5 10 20 50

BRAND

Height

Tolerance

PK

mm 90 115 145 165 195 250 285 340

± ml 0.3 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

608 620 628 638 648 654 662 664

Measuring cylinders with spout, plastic Measuring cylinders made of PP withstand exposure to temperatures up to 80°C without permanent loss of tolerance. Measuring cylinders made of PMP withstand exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) without permanent loss of tolerance. Cleaning at temperatures below 60°C is recommended to preserve graduations and inscriptions on printed versions. For autoclaving, we recommend the use of cylinders with moulded graduations.

792

E & OE.

BRAND


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Volumetric cylinders 1 Measuring cylinders, PMP, class A+, blue graduations Tall form. Plastibrand®. PMP. Class A+ DIN 12681 and ISO 6706. Conformity certified. With batch number and quality certificate. Transparent, with blue printed graduations and inscriptions. Tolerance not influenced by autoclaving at 121°C. Cleaning at temperatures below 60°C is recommended to preserve graduations and inscriptions. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

1 BRAND

Class A+ in comparison to Class A: Class A+ Plastibrand® measuring cylinders attain 20% narrower tolerance margins than required by DIN 12681. Class A+tolerance is not affected even after 20 washes and 10 autoclave treatments. (DIN 12681 requires: 10 washes and 3 autoclave treatments).

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20

Tolerance A+ ± ml 0.08 0.20 0.4 0.4 0.8 2.0 4 8

Tolerance A ± ml 0.10 0.25 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.5 5 10

Height

PK

mm 145 170 200 250 315 360 440 535

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797

Tolerance A+: Actual tolerance of PMP measuring cylinders by Brand. Tolerance A: Tolerance required to meet DIN 12 681.

2 Measuring cylinders, PMP, class A

2

Tall form, with spout. Crystal clear, with moulded graduations. Ring marks at the major graduation points. Hexagonal foot, calibrated to contain (In). Tolerances of class A acc. to DIN 12681/ISO 6706. Measuring cylinders withstand exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) without permanent loss of tolerance.

Capacity ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

Tolerance Grad. ± ml 0.10 0.25 0.50 0.50 1.00 2.50 5.00 10.00

ml 0.20 0.50 1.00 1.00 2.00 5.00 10.00 20.00

VITLAB

Height

Dia.

PK

mm 145 170 200 250 315 360 440 482

mm 15 22 27 33 44 58 69 97

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

508 520 528 538 548 554 562 564

793


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Volumetric cylinders 1

2

1 Graduated cylinders, PP, class B, embossed scale Tall form, with spout, high clarity. DIN 12681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to temperatures up to 80°C will not cause permanent exceeding of tolerance limits! Cleaning temperature below 60°C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.

BRAND

Capacity

Grad.

Cat. No.

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.20 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5 10 20

mm 145 170 200 250 315 360 440 535

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Capacity ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Tolerance ± ml 0.100 0.250 0.500 0.500 1.000 2.500 5.000

Height mm 135 160 195 240 320 380 465

Isolab PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

080 081 082 083 084 085 086

3 Graduated cylinders, PP, class B, embossed scale Tall form, with spout, high clarity. DIN 12681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to temperatures up to 80°C will not cause permanent exceeding of tolerance limits! Cleaning temperature below 60°C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.

Kartell

Capacity

Grad.

Cat. No.

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20

mm 140 195 200 250 315 360 440 535

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range ! 794

760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767

2 Graduated cylinders, PP, class B, embossed scale With hexagonal foot and spout. Autoclavable.

3

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

E & OE.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Volumetric cylinders 1 Measuring cylinders, PP, class B, blue graduations

1

Tall form, with spout. Highly transparent. With moulded blue graduations. VITLAB Ring marks at the major graduation points. With spout and hexagonal foot, calibrated to contain (In). Tolerances of class B acc. to DIN 12681/ ISO 6706. The measuring cylinders withstand exposure to temperatures up to 60°C without permanent loss of tolerance. Recommended cleaning temperature: up to 60°C to preserve the printing on the flasks.

Capacity

Grad.

Height

Tolerance

Dia.

PK

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.20 0.50 1.00 1.00 2.00 5.00 10.00 20.00

mm 145 170 200 250 315 360 440 482

± ml 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10.0 20.0

mm 15 22 27 33 44 58 69 97

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Measuring cylinders, PP, class B, moulded graduations

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415

2

High form.Highly transparent. With moulded blue graduations. VITLAB Ring marks at the major graduation points. Tolerances of class B acc. to DIN 12681/ ISO 6706. The measuring cylinders withstand exposure to temperatures up to 60°C without permanent loss of tolerance. 2 Tall form.

Capacity

Grad.

Height

Tolerance

Dia.

PK

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.20 0.50 1.00 1.00 2.00 5.00 10.00 20.00

mm 145 170 200 250 315 360 440 482

± ml 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10.0 20.0

mm 15 22 27 33 44 58 69 97

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 Measuring cylinders, PP, class B, moulded graduations

Cat. No.

7.075 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

031 420 428 438 448 454 462 464

3

Low form.

VITLAB

Capacity

Grad.

Height

Tolerance

Dia.

PK

ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000

ml 0.50 1.00 2.00 5.00 10.00 20.00

mm 122 142 163 192 218 285

± ml 0.50 1.00 2.00 5.00 10.00 20.00

mm 22 27 37 51 67 78

1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

820 828 838 848 854 862

795


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Volumetric cylinders 1 Measuring cylinders, PMP, Class B, blue graduations

1

Tall form, with spout, transparent. DIN 12681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) will not cause tolerance limits to be permanently exceeded! Cleaning temperature below 60°C is recommended to preserve graduations and inscriptions.

Kartell

Capacity

Grad.

Cat. No.

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 2 5 10 10 20 50 100 200

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20

mm 140 195 200 250 315 360 440 535

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777

2 Measuring cylinders, PMP, Class B, moulded graduations

2

Tall form, with spout, transparent. DIN 12681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, BRAND In). Exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) will not cause permanent exceeding of tolerance limits! Cleaning temperature below 60°C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

ml 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20

mm 145 170 200 250 315 360 440 535

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274 9.274

780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787

3 Graduated cylinders, PP, class B, embossed scale

3

Low form. High clarity. Calibrated to contain (TD, In). Exposure to temperatures up to 80°C will not cause tolerance limits to be exceeded!

4

Capacity

Grad.

ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000

ml 0.5 1.0 2.0 5 10 20

BRAND

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.5 1.0 2.0 5 10 20

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.226 7.072 6.401 7.091 6.230 6.230

053 078 095 063 868 093

4 Graduated cylinders, SAN, class B, embossed scale Low form. Calibrated to contain (TD, In). Exposure to temperatures up to 80°C will not cause accuracy to exceed tolerance limits!

796

Cat. No.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000

ml 0.5 1.0 2.0 5 10 20

BRAND

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.5 1.0 2.0 5 10 20

1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

4.000 4.000 6.232 6.206 4.000 6.232

075 076 232 230 077 748


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Volumetric cylinders-Graduated flasks 1 Measuring cylinders, stoppered, glass, Class A

1

Borosilicate glass 3.3 High form. Conformity certified, with works certified batch number. PP stoppers and hexagonal foot. To DIN EN ISO 4788, DIN 12680. Capacity ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Tolerance ± ml 0.100 0.250 0.500 0.500 1.000 2.500 5.000

Isolab

Height mm 135 160 195 240 320 380 465

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275

070 071 072 073 074 075 076

2 Measuring cylinders, Duran®, stoppered, glass, Class A

2

Blaubrand®. To DIN EN ISO 4788. BRAND Conformity certified, with works certified batch number. PP stoppers and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to contain. Height given is overall height without stopper. All Blaubrand® cylinders are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate is included in the manufacturer's outer pack. Individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificates are also available on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity

Grad.

Neck

Height

PK

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500* 1000*

ml 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10

NS 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40

mm 160 190 220 285 350 395 500

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275

208 220 228 238 248 254 262

* Fitted with PE octagonal stoppers.

3 Measuring cylinders, Duran®, stoppered, glass, class B

3

Silberbrand Eterna. Class B. To DIN EN ISO 4788. With PP stoppers and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain. Calibrated to contain. Height given is overall height without stopper Capacity

Grad.

NS

ml 10 25 50 100 250 500* 1000*

ml 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5 10

10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40

BRAND

Height

PK

mm 160 190 220 285 350 395 500

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275 9.275

008 020 028 038 048 054 062

* Fitted with PE octagonal stoppers.

4 Volumetric flasks, Duran®

4

Not according to DIN 12664. With special official testing mark. With wide NS conical neck and plastic stopper. Capacity ml 10 25 50 100

Tolerance

Neck

PK

± ml 0.025 0.04 0.06 0.1

NS 10/19 12/21 14/23 14/23

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

643 752 755 757

797


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1

1 Volumetric flasks.Class A, blue grads Borosilicate glass 3.3 Conformity certified, with batch certificate and permanent. With NS-sharpener and HDPE stoppers, to DIN 12664, to DIN EN ISO 1042.

2

Capacity

NS

ml 5 10 20 25 50 50 100 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40

Isolab

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.025 0.025 0.040 0.040 0.060 0.060 0.100 0.100 0.150 0.150 0.250 0.400 0.600 1.200 2,000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614

2 Volumetric flasks, Duran®, with rim, class A, blue graduated Conformity certified, with dated batch identification, IN (TC) calibrated, acc. to DIN EN ISO 1042. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity

Hirschmann

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.025 0.025 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.4 0.6 1.2 2.0

mm 70 90 110 110 140 170 210 220 260 300 370 470 570

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

ml 5 10 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000 10000*

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

715 716 717 718 719 720 733 734 735 736 737 738 739

*additional to DIN Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

3

3 4 Volumetric flasks, Duran®, Class A, Trapezoidal shape. Class A, with PP stoppers, conformity certified, with dated batch certificate and permanent, high contrasting blue enamel graduations, to DIN EN ISO 1042. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity

NS

ml 1* 2* 5 5** 10 10** 20* 25 50

7/16 7/16 7/16 10/19 7/16 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.04 0.025 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06

mm 60 70 70 70 90 90 110 110 140

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

* Supplementary to DIN **wide neck Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

4

798

Hirschmann

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1 2 Volumetric flasks. Duran®. Class A, blue grads

1

Conformity certified. With PP stoppers. With dated batch certificate. To DIN 12644 T1. Calibrated to contain (In). Ring marks and inscriptions in permanent blue ceramic.The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity

NS

ml 5 5 10 10 20 20 25 25 50 50 100 100 200 250 500 1000 1000 2000 5000 10000*

7/16 10/19** 7/16 10/19** 10/19 12/21** 10/19 12/21** 12/21 14/23** 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 29/32** 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40

Hirschmann

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.025 0.04 0.025 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.04 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.6 0.4 0.6 1.2 2.0

mm 70 70 90 90 110 105 110 110 140 140 170 170 210 220 260 300 300 370 470 570

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

680 681 682 683 684 679 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698

2

*Supplementary to DIN. **Wide neck. Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

3 Volumetric flasks, glass, Class A

3

Borosilicate glass 3.3 Amber, with amber glass stoppers, conformity certified, with batch certificate and white enamel graduations, to DIN EN ISO 1042, to DIN 12644. Capacity

NS

ml 5 10 20 25 50 50 100 100 200 250 500 1000

10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29

Isolab

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0,025 0,025 0,040 0,040 0,060 0,060 0,100 0,100 0,150 0,150 0,250 0,400

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631

799


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1 2 Volumetric flasks, Duran®, Class A

1

With glass stoppers, conformity certified, with dated batch certificate and permanent, high contrasting blue enamel graduations, to DIN EN ISO 1042. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

2

Capacity

NS

ml 5 5** 10 10** 20* 20** 25 25** 50 50** 100 100 200 250 500 1000** 1000 2000 5000* 10000*

7/16 10/19 7/16 10/19 10/19 12/21 10/19 12/21 12/21 14/23 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 29/32 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40

Hirschmann

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.025 0.04 0.025 0.04 0.04 0,06 0.04 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.6 0.4 0.6 1.2 2

mm 70 70 90 90 110 105 110 110 140 140 170 170 210 220 260 300 300 370 470 570

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

470 471 472 473 474 489 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488

*Supplementary to DIN **wide neck Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

3 4 Volumetric flasks, glass, Class A

3

Amber, with amber glass stoppers, conformity certified, with dated batch certificate and white enamel graduations, to DIN 12 644 T1. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

4

800

Capacity

NS

ml 5 5** 10 10** 20* 25 50 50** 100 100 200 250 500 1000 2000

7/16 10/19 7/16 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32

Hirschmann

Tolerance

Height

PK

± ml 0.025 0.04 0.025 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.4 0.6

mm 70 70 90 90 110 110 140 140 170 170 210 220 260 300 370

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*Supplementary to DIN **Wide neck Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1 2 Volumetric flasks, Duran®, class A

1

Amber, with PP stoppers, conformity certified, with dated batch certificate and permanent white enamel graduations, to DIN 12644 T1. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity

Tolerance NS

ml 5 5* 10 10* 20 25 25* 50 50* 100 100 200 250 500 1000 2000

± ml 0.025 0.04 0.025 0.04 0.04 0.04 0,06 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.4 0.6

7/16 10/19 7/16 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 12/21 14/23 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32

Hirschmann

Height

PK

mm 70 70 90 90 110 110 110 140 140 170 170 210 220 260 300 370

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

699 700 701 702 703 704 710 705 713 706 714 707 708 709 711 712

2

*Wide neck Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

3 Volumetric flasks, Duran®

3

With beaded rim neck. Class A. DIN EN ISO 1042. Blaubrand®. BRAND Conformity certified. With batch number. Ring marks and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to contain. Without stoppers. All Blaubrand® volumetric flasks are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per pack. Also available with individual works or DKD calibration certificate, please enquire. Blaubrand® volumetric flasks (except wide-neck flasks) are also available with individual and batch USP certification. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website. Capacity ml 10* 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000

Tolerance ± ml 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.40

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353

*wide neck version

4 5 Volumetric flasks, class A, amber graduations

4

With NS-ground neck and poly stopper. Conformity certified, with dated batch identification and durable amber stain graduation and inscriptions. IN (TC) calibrated, acc. to DIN EN ISO 1042. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity ml 5 10 20 25 50 50 100 100 200 250 500 1000 2000

NS 10 10 10 10 12 14 12 14 14 14 19 24 29

Hirschmann

PK / / / / / / / / / / / / /

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

19* 19* 19 19 21 23* 21 23 23 23 26 29 32

* wide neck Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

Cat. No. 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770

5

E & OE.

801


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1

1 Volumetric flasks, Duran®, class A, PUR Plastic coated Blaubrand® PURprotect, conformity certified. Duran®. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to BRAND contain (TC, In). Ring mark and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. With PP stopper. The plain and high quality PUR coating envelops the volumetric flasks like a protective skin. In the event of breakage, the safety coating helps contain the glass fragments. The light blue coating facilitates optical distinction. Suitable for dishwashers (cleaning up to max. 95°C). All Blaubrand®volumetric flasks are supplied with a batch number and an accompanying batch certificate within the outer packaging. They are also available with individual works, or DKD calibration certificate on request. With the exception of the wide neck version, the graduated flasks are also available with individual USP and batch certificates. Further sizes available to special order/production on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturers website. Capacity

NS

ml 50* 100 200 250 500 1000

14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/29 24/29

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.4

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

460 461 462 463 464 465

*wide mouth Further sizes availlable on request.

2

2 Volumetric flasks, Duran®, class A Blaubrand®. Class A. DIN EN ISO 1042. BRAND Conformity certified with works certified batch number. Ring marks and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to contain. With PP stoppers. All Blaubrand® volumetric flasks are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per pack. Also available with individual works or DKD calibration certificate, please enquire. Blaubrand® volumetric flasks (except wide neck flasks) are also available with individual and batch USP certification. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website. Capacity

NS

ml 5* 10* 20 25 50 50* 100 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.40 0.60 1.20 2.0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

438 443 446 447 448 456 449 457 450 451 452 453 454 455 436

*wide neck version

3

3 Volumetric flasks, Duran® ,class A Blaubrand® Eterna. To DIN EN ISO 1042. BRAND Conformity certified. With batch number. Graduation and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain. Calibrated to contain. With PP stoppers. All Blaubrand® volumetric flasks are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per pack. Also available with individual works or DKD calibration certificate, please enquire. Blaubrand® volumetric flasks (except wide-neck flasks) are also available with individual and batch USP certification. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website. Capacity

NS

ml 5* 10* 20 25* 50 50* 100 200 250 500 1000 2000

10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.4 0.6

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*Wide neck version

802

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

260 261 262 263 264 265 270 271 272 273 274 275


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1 Volumetric flasks, Duran®. Class B.

1

Silberbrand. To DIN EN ISO 1042. Graduation and inscriptions in highly contrasting white enamel. Calibrated to contain. With PP stoppers. Capacity

NS

ml 10* 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000

10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 12/21 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

BRAND

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.15 0.25 0.25 0.40 0.60 0.90 1.80

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

243 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255

* Wide neck

2 Volumetric flasks Silberbrand, Boro 3.3

2

DIN 51 368. BRAND For determination of oil content in aqueous oil emulsions (e.g. drilling oil). With NS19/26, hollow glass stoppers. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting white enamel. Capacity 100 ml, tolerance ±0.2 ml. Calibrated to contain. Subdivisions: 0 to 5 ml : 0.1 ml, tolerance: ±0.1 ml. Subdivisions: 5 to 30 ml : 0.5 ml, tolerance: ±0.5 ml.

Capacity ml 100

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.276 880

3 Volumetric flasks, Boro 3.3, class B

3

For sugar tests in the style of Kohlrausch. Silberbrand. Tolerance equivalent to class B. Ring marks and inscriptions in highly contrasting white enamel. Calibrated to contain. Capacity ml 100 200

Tolerance ± ml 0.2 0.3

BRAND

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.276 885 9.276 887

4 Volumetric flasks, plastic, Class A

4

To DIN EN ISO 1042, with individually adjusted, blue printed graduation and inscriptions, with PP standard ground joint stoppers. Autoclavable. Capacity ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Tolerance NS ± ml 0.040 0.060 0.100 0.150 0.250 0.400

Isolab

PK

10/19 12/21 12/21 14/23 19/26 24/29

1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

635 636 637 638 639 640

803


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1

1 Volumetric flasks, Duran®, class A Trapezoidal shape. Blaubrand®. DIN EN ISO 1042. BRAND Conformity certified. With batch number. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to contain. With PP stoppers. All Blaubrand® volumetric flasks are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per pack. Also available with individual works or DKD calibration certificate, please enquire. Blaubrand® volumetric flasks (except wide-neck flasks). Individual and batch works, USP calibration certificates are also available on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity

NS

ml 1 2 5 10* 20 25 50

7/16 7/16 7/16 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

001 002 003 004 006 007 008

* Wide neck version

2

2 Volumetric flasks, PFA, Class A With screw cap, Plastibrand®. Tolerances according to class A, DIN EN ISO 1042. BRAND Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate. Autoclavable, easy to clean. PFA screw cap with moulded sealing ring. Exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) will not cause tolerance limits to be exceeded ! Cleaning up to max. 60°C is recommended to preserve graduation marks and inscriptions. Capacity ml 10* 25 50 100 250 500

Height

Neck thread GL 18 18 18 18 25 25

mm 90 108 143 166 222 262

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.10 0.15 0.25

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

4.000 4.000 7.621 4.000 4.000 4.000

069 070 728 071 072 073

Height without screw cap. * Wide mouth

Spare screw caps, PFA for volumetric flasks, Class A BRAND Neck thread GL 18 25

3

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

4.000 117 4.000 118

3 Volumetric flasks, plastic, Class B Highly transparent PP. Tolarances Class B acc. to DIN EN ISO 1042. With individually VITLAB adjusted, blue printed graduation and inscriptions, with PP standard ground joint stoppers. The volumetric flasks withstand exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) without permanent loss of tolerance. Recommended cleaning temperature: up to 60°C to preserve printing on the flasks. Capacity ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000

804

Height NS mm 90 115 150 180 235 270 310

10 10 10 14 19 19 24

/ / / / / / /

19 19 19 23 26 26 29

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.08 0.08 0.12 0.20 0.30 0.50 0.80

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

818 820 828 838 848 854 862


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1 Volumetric flasks, plastic, Class B

1

Crystal clear PMP. Tolarances Class B acc. to DIN EN ISO 1042. With individually VITLAB adjusted, red printed graduation and inscriptions and PP standard ground joint stoppers. The volumetric flasks withstand exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) without permanent loss of tolerance. Recommended cleaning temperature: up to 60°C to preserve printing on the flasks. Capacity ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Height NS mm 90 115 150 180 235 270 310

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0,08 0.06 0.10 0.16 0.24 0.40 0.60

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

10/19 10/19 10/19 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

670 671 672 673 674 675 676

2 Volumetric flasks, PMP, class A

2

Crystal clear PMP. Tolerances of class A acc. to DIN EN ISO 1042. With individually VITLAB adjusted, red printed graduation and inscriptions, PP standard ground joint stoppers, with printed batch number and conformity certificate. The volumetric flasks withstand exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) without permanent loss of tolerance. Recommended cleaning temperature: up to 60°C to preserve printing on the flasks. Capacity ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Tolerance ± ml 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.10 0.15 0.25 0.40

Height Stopper NS mm 90 115 150 180 235 270 310

10 10 10 14 19 19 24

/ / / / / / /

PK

19 19 19 23 26 26 29

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

949 950 951 952 953 954 955

3 Volumetric flasks, PFA, class A

3

PFA. Highly transparent. With individually adjusted graduation. Tolarances Class A acc. VITLAB to DIN EN ISO 1042. With lasered batch number and certificate. With PFA screwthread cap. Provides hermetic seal and optimal protection against contamination from the outside environment. High temperature and chemical resistance. Withstand exposure to temperatures up to 121°C (autoclaving) without permanent loss of tolerance. Recommended cleaning temperature: up to 60°C to preserve printing on the flasks. Capacity ml 10 25 50 100 250 500

Height mm 90 115 150 180 235 270

Neck thread GL 18 18 18 18 25 25

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.10 0.15 0.25

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

919 920 921 922 923 924

4 Volumetric flasks, PMP, class A

4

OpaqueUV-absorbent, for storage of photosensitive agents. Semi-transparent, with coloured screw cap (PP) and individually adjusted ring mark. Class A tolerance according to DIN EN ISO 1042. With printed batch number and conformity certificate. Capacity ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Tolerance ± ml

Height Thread mm 90 115 150 180 235 270 310

VITLAB

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

940 941 942 943 944 945 946

805


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Volumetric apparatus/Graduated flasks 1

1 Tilt pipettes (bottle top dispensing pipettes) Bottle top dispensing pipettes. Duran速. With inscriptions in green enamel. Calibrated to deliver. With or without 1000ml soda-glass reservoir with NS29/32 joint. Height given is overall height with reservoir. Capacity ml 5 10 20 25 50 100 5 10 20 25 50

806

Height mm 270 270 280 280 280 280 -

Description

PK

with reservoir with reservoir with reservoir with reservoir with reservoir with reservoir without reservoir without reservoir without reservoir without reservoir without reservoir

E & OE.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.277 9.277 9.277 9.277 9.277 9.277 9.277 9.277 9.277 9.277 9.277

005 010 020 025 050 100 105 110 120 125 150


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Volumetric pipettes 1

1 Volumetric pipettes, Class B, Soda AR-Glas®. Silberbrand Eterna. DIN EN ISO 648. Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna permanent amber diffusion stain. Adjusted to "Ex". Capacity ml 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 15 20 25 50 100

2

Overall length ± 10 mm 300 300 330 330 400 440 510 510 520 540 585

BRAND

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.007 0.010 0.015 0.015 0.025 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.07 0.12

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

001 002 003 005 007 012 013 014 015 018 019

2 Volumetric pipettes, class AS, AR- clear soda glass® Blaubrand®. DIN EN ISO 648. BRAND Conformity certified. With batch number. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Adjusted to "Ex". All Blaubrand® volumetric pipettes are supplied with batch number and one works batch certificate per manufacturer's outer pack (up to 2ml: 12 cylinders, above 2ml: 6 cylinders per pack). The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity ml 0.5 1 2 2.5* 3* 4* 5 6* 7* 8* 9* 10 15* 20 25 30* 40* 50 100

Overall length ± 10 mm 300 300 330 330 330 400 400 400 400 440 440 440 510 510 520 520 540 540 585

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.005 0.008 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.08

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119

* Supplementary to DIN.

3

3 Bulb pipettes, AR-Glas®, class AS, 1 mark Blaubrand® Eterna. DIN EN ISO 648. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). BRAND Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain (particularly resistant to aggressive cleaning methods). All Blaubrand® bulb pipettes are supplied with a batch number and one batch certificate per manufacturer's outer pack (up to 2ml: 12 cylinders, above 2ml: 6 cylinders per pack). Also available with an individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificate on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50

808

Overall length ± 10 mm 300 330 400 440 510 520 540

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.008 0.010 0.015 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.05

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

220 221 222 223 224 225 226


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Volumetric pipettes 1 Volumetric pipettes, soda glass, class AS

1

Soda glass. Conformity-certified. With batch date identification. DIN EN ISO 835 - 648, DIN 12697 and BS 700 - 1583. Calibrated to deliver (Ex). Ring mark and inscriptions in permanent blue enamel. Capacity ml 1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 25 50

Tolerance Length ± ml 0.007 0.010 0.010 0.015 0.015 0.020 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.050

Isolab

PK

mm 310 330 360 360 400 440 455 510 520 540

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

260 261 262 263 264 265 267 268 269 270

2 3 Volumetric pipettes, AR® glass, AS class

2

Conformity-certified. With batch date identification. DIN EN ISO 648. Calibrated to deliver (Ex). Ring mark and inscriptions in permanent blue enamel. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website. Capacity ml 1.0 2.0 2.5* 3.0* 5.0 10.0 15.0* 20.0 25.0 50.0 100.0

Tolerance ± ml 0.008 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.08

Overall length ± 10 mm 325 350 350 350 410 450 520 520 530 550 600

Hirschmann

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

270 271 272 273 276 280 281 282 284 286 288

3

* Supplementary to DIN. Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

4 Volumetric pipettes, AR-Glas®, class AS, 2 marks

4

Blaubrand®. Conformity certified. DIN EN ISO 648. Adjusted to "Ex". Graduations and BRAND inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. All Blaubrand® volumetric pipettes are supplied with batch number and one works batch certificate per manufacturer's outer pack (up to 2 ml: 12 cylinders, above 2ml: 6 cylinders per pack). Also available with individual works, USP or DKD calibration certificate on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

Capacity ml 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 50.0

Overall length ± 10 mm 300 300 330 330 400 440 510 510 520 540

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.005 0.008 0.010 0.010 0.015 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

121 122 123 125 127 132 133 134 135 138

825

828

E & OE.

809


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Volumetric pipettes 1 Volumetric pipettes, AR-clear soda glass

1

Error limits better than class B, one mark, graduated in amber and adjusted to Ex, DIN EN ISO 648. Capacity

Tolerance

ml 0.5 1 2 3* 4 5 10 15 * 20 25 50 100

± ml 0.008 0.012 0.015 0.015 0.023 0.023 0.03 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.075 0.12

Overall length ± 10 mm 300 325 350 350 410 410 450 520 520 530 550 600

Hirschmann

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

258 259 260 261 257 262 263 264 265 266 268 269

*Supplementary to DIN

2 3 Volumetric pipettes, AR glass, class AS, amber graduations

2

Volumetric pipettes, with volume between two marks (partial delivery), class AS, Hirschmann conformity certified, with dated batch identification and durable amber stain graduations. EX (TD) calibrated, acc. to DIN EN ISO 648. Hirschmann supplies class A or AS volumetric glassware with batch and production year indicators as standard at no additional charge. Therefore these measuring instruments are suitable for the use in labs certified acc. to DIN EN ISO. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

Capacity

3

ml 0.5 1 2 3* 5 10 15* 20 25 50 100

Tolerance ± ml 0.005 0.008 0.01 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.08

Overall length mm 300 325 350 350 410 450 520 520 530 550 600

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.801 6.801 6.801 6.056 6.801 6.071 6.225 6.801 6.801 6.801 6.800

018 019 020 820 021 748 909 022 023 024 124

* Supplementary to DIN.

4

4 Volumetric pipettes, amber graduations Volumetric pipettes with attached syringe for safe and easy pipetting, with one volumetric mark, with durable amber stain graduation. Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 15 20 25 50

Tolerance ± ml 0.008 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

828

810

Hirschmann

E & OE.

Cat. No. 6.053 6.230 7.613 9.273 9.273 6.230 9.273 9.273

072 251 437 523 524 250 526 527


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Volumetric pipettes 1 2 Volumetric pipettes, AR-clear soda glass, class AS, KB, graduated in amber DIN ISO 648, conformity certified, with dated identification, with durable amber stain graduations, Ex (TD) calibrated. The batch certificate is available to download from the manufacturer's website. Capacity

Tolerance

ml 0.5 1 1.5* 2 2.5* 3* 4* 5 6* 7* 8* 9* 10 15* 20 25 30* 40* 50 100

± ml 0.005 0.008 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.08

Overall length ± 10 mm 300 325 350 350 350 350 410 410 410 410 450 450 450 520 520 530 530 550 550 600

1

Hirschmann

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.200 6.052 7.200 6.092 6.079 6.303 6.300 6.081 6.300 6.300 6.077 6.300 6.050 6.057 6.084 6.084 6.057 6.077 6.054 6.055

955 959 075 721 397 738 028 798 025 026 361 299 827 100 029 072 101 366 343 472

2

* Supplementary to DIN

3 Volumetric pipettes, Plastibrand®, PP, 1 mark

3

Highly translucent. Streak-resistant, blue-printed graduations and inscriptions. Adjusted to "Ex". Exposure to temperatures up to 60°C will not affect tolerances. Cleaning at temperatures below 60°C is recommended to preserve graduations and inscriptions. Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 25 50

Overall length ± 10 mm 300 300 300 440 450 460

BRAND

Tolerance

PK

± µl 20 20 30 40 60 100

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

232 233 235 236 238 239

4 Volumetric pipettes, AR-glass, class A accuracy

4

Fortuna®. With permanent amber graduations and inscriptions. With interchangeable suction piston. Note: Discharge times are shown on the pipette! Volumetric pipettes with blue graduations are also available on request. Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 100

Poulten & Graf

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

401 402 405 410 420 425 450 499

811


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 Graduated pipettes, Class B, AR- clear soda glass®, zero at top

1

Silberbrand Eterna. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 3 (zero at top). Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna permanent amber diffusion stain. Adjusted to "Ex". Pipettes over 5ml capacity have large suction tube suitable for cotton wool plugs.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 1 1c 1 2* 2 2c 2 5c 5c 10c 20c 25c

ml 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Overall length ± 10 mm 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 450

BRAND

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.150 0.150

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

070 086 071 072 073 089 074 075 076 077 078 079

* Supplementary to DIN. c Cotton plugged

2 Graduated pipettes, Class AS, AR-Glas®, zero at top

2

Blaubrand®. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 3 (Zero at top). Supplied with conformity certificate with batch number. Delivery to tip. Adjusted to "Ex". Waiting time 5 seconds. Ring mark and inscriptions in high contrast, blue enamel. One batch certificate included per standard pack. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 1 1c 1 2** 2 2c 2 5c 5c 10c 20c 25c 50*c

ml 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.02 0,02 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5

Overall length ± 10 mm 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 450 450

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.005 0.007 0.10 0.007 0.010 0.010 0,010 0.010 0.030 0.030 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.007

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

* Supplementary to DIN 12699. **Supplementary to DIN 12699, not conformity certified. c Cotton plugged

812

BRAND

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

105 106 117 107 108 109 118 110 111 112 113 114 115 116


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 Graduated pipettes, Class AS, AR-Glas®, Type 2

1

Blaubrand®, DIN EN ISO 835, conformity certified. Type 2 (nominal volume at top), BRAND total delivery. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Waiting time 5 seconds. Marks and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. All Blaubrand® graduated pipettes are supplied with batch number and one batch certificate per manufacturer's outer pack (up to 10ml: 12 pipettes, above 10ml: 6 pipettes). Also available with individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificate on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 1 1 1c 2 2 2c 5c 5c 10c 20c 25c 50c

ml 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5

c

Overall length ± 10 mm 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 450 450

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.005 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.030 0.030 0.05 0.10 0.10 0.2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

016 017 018 027 019 020 028 021 022 023 024 025 026

Cotton plugged

2 Graduated pipettes, Plastibrand®, PP

2

Highly transparent. Streak resistent. With blue graduations and markings. Particularly BRAND suitable for education and for applications where glass pipettes should not be used. Calibrated for delivery (Ex). Exposure to temperatures up to 60°C will not cause permanent exceeding of tolerance limits. Cleaning below 60°C is recommended to preserve graduations and inscriptions.

Capacity

Graduations

ml 1 2 5 10

ml 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Overall length ± 10 mm 300 300 330 330

Tolerance

PK

± µl 20 20 50 100

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

507 510 512 513

825

831

E & OE.

813


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 Graduated pipettes, Blaubrand®, partial delivery

1

AR-Glas®. Conformity certified. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 1 (Zero at top). BRAND Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Waiting time 5 seconds. Ring mark and and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. All Blaubrand® graduated pipettes are supplied with batch number and one batch certificate per manufacturer's outer pack (up to 10ml: 12 pipettes, 25 ml: 6 pipettes). Also available with individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificate on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

Capacity

Graduations

ml 0.5 1 2* 2 5** 10** 25**

ml 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1

Overall length ± 10 mm 360 360 360 360 360 360 450

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.005 0.007 0.010 0.010 0.030 0.050 0.100

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

121 122 124 125 127 129 131

* in completion to DIN, not with conformity certificate **Cotton plugged

2 Graduated pipettes, AR-Glas®, Class AS, amber graduations

2

Blaubrand®Eterna, conformity certified, . DIN EN ISO 835. Type 3 (zero at top), total BRAND delivery. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Waiting time 5 seconds. Marks and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain. All Blaubrand® graduated pipettes are supplied with batch number and one batch certificate per manufacturer's outer pack (up to 10ml: 12 pipettes, above 10ml: 6 pipettes). Also available with individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificate on request.

Capacity

Graduations

ml 0.5 1 1 2 2 5 5 10 20 25

ml 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

814

Tolerance

± ml 0.005 0.007 0.007 0.010 0.010 0.030 0.030 0.05 0.10 0.10

Suitable for cotton plugs

PK

no no yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 7.018 9.272 7.018 7.060 9.272 9.272 7.018 9.272

031 032 397 033 398 678 034 036 413 037


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 Graduated pipettes, Class AS, blue graduations, zero at top

1

Blaubrand®, conformity certified, AR-Glas®. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 3 (zero at top), total BRAND delivery. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Waiting time 5 seconds. Schellbach-stripe. Marks and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. All Blaubrand® graduated pipettes are supplied with a batch number and an accompanying batch certificate in the original packaging (up to 10 ml: 12 pipettes, above 10ml: 6 pipettes). Also available with individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificate on request. Supplementary to the DIN range.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 1 1 2 2 5 5 10 20 25

ml 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.1 0.1 0.1

Tolerance

Suitable for cotton plugs

PK

no no yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

± ml 0.005 0.007 0.007 0.010 0.010 0.030 0.030 0.05 0.10 0.10

2 Graduated pipettes, serological, AR-Glas®, amber graduations Large tip diameter, calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex), total delivery. Tip diam.: (1 and 2 ml) approx. 2 mm, (5, 10 and 25 ml) approx. 3 mm. Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain. Short graduation marks. Suitable for cotton plugs.

Capacity

Graduations

ml 1 2 5 10 25

ml 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.1 0.1

Tolerance Negative range ± ml ml 0.020 -0.2 0.04 -0.4 0.10 -2 0.20 -3 0.4 -5

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

000 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009

2 BRAND

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

7.018 7.018 7.018 7.018 6.231

389 390 391 392 857

825

831

E & OE.

815


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 Graduated pipettes, AR-Glas®, tissue culture, amber graduations

1

Short type, calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex), total delivery. Graduations and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain. Ring marks at major graduations. Length 230 mm. Suitable for cotton plugs. Capacity

Graduations

ml 1 2 5 10 25

ml 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2

BRAND

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.020 0.04 0.10 0.20 0.4

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.227 6.227 6.227 6.225 7.084

618 736 737 332 632

2 Graduated pipettes, piston type, AR-Glas®, white graduations

2

Silberbrand. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex), total delivery. Integral piston pipetting aid with plunger retaining spring. Capacity

Graduations

ml 1 2 5 10 25

ml 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1

BRAND

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.010 0.020 0.05 0.1 0.2

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

506 509 511 513 515

3 Graduated pipettes, Blaubrand®, class A, conformity certified

3

AR-Glas®. In addition to DIN 12689. Length 360 mm. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). BRAND Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. An excellent combination of resistance and readability. All Blaubrand® bulb pipettes are supplied with batch number and one batch works certificate per pack unit. Individual works, USP or DKD calibration certificates are available - details on request. The batch certificate is also available to download from the supplier's website.

Capacity

Graduations

ml 0.1 0.2

ml 0.001 0.002

816

Overall length ± 10 mm 360 360

Tolerance

PK

Cat. No.

± ml 0.001 0.002

1 1

9.272 102 9.272 104

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 Graduated pipettes, AR clear soda glass

1

With tolerances better than class B, zero at top, graduated down to tip, with permanent amber graduations, adjusted to Ex, Type 3 DIN EN ISO 835. Pipettes over 5ml capacity have a large suction tube suitable for cotton wool plugs.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 * 1 1* 2* 2 2* 5 5* 10 20 * 25 * 50 *

ml 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2

Tolerance

Hirschmann

Overall length ± 5 mm

PK

360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 450 450

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

± ml 0.0075 0.01 0.01 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.045 0.045 0.075 0.15 0.15 0.2

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

366 367 368 376 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 377

* Supplementary to DIN Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

Graduated pipettes, soda glass, class AS Soda glass. Conformity-certified. With batch date identification. DIN EN ISO 835 - 648, DIN 12697 and BS700 - 1583. Calibrated to deliver (Ex). Ring marks and graduations in permanent blue enamel. Capacity

Graduations

ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50

ml 0.1 0.2 0.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Tolerance Length ± ml 0.007 0.010 0.030 0.050 0.100 0.100 0.200

Isolab

PK

mm 360 360 360 360 450 450 720

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

250 251 252 253 254 255 256

825

831

E & OE.

817


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 2 Graduated pipettes, AR glass® , AS class

1

Conformity-certified. With batch date identification. DIN EN ISO 835, type 3. Calibrated for delivery (Ex), with ring marks and graduations in permanent blue enamel. Graduated down to tip. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

2

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 1.0 1.0* 2.0* 2.0 2.0* 5.0 5.0* 10.0 20.0* 25.0 50.0*

ml 0.01 0.01 0.10 0.01 0.02 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.20

Tolerance

± ml 0.005 0.007 0.007 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.2

Overall length ± 5 mm

PK

360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 450 450

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

380 381 382 383 384 385 387 388 389 390 391 392

* Supplementary to DIN Also available with dated batch identfication acc. to USP (US Pharmacopeia)

3 4 Graduated pipettes, AR glass®, class AS, amber graduations

3

Conformity certified, with dated batch identification, soda-lime glass (AR), with durable Hirschmann amber stain graduations, ring mark at major graduation points, zero at tip EX (TD) calibrated, type 2, acc. to DIN EN ISO 835. Sizes 5ml and above are supplied cotton plugged. Hirschmann supplies class A or AS volumetric glassware with a batch and production year indicator as standard at no additional charge. Therefore these measuring instruments are suitable for the use in labs certified acc. to DIN ISO. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

4

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 1 1 2* 2 2 5 5 10 20 25 25

ml 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Tolerance

± ml 0.006 0.007 0.007 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.01

Overall length ± 5 mm

PK

360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 450 450

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*in addition to DIN

818

E & OE.

Cat. No.

6.059 6.301 6.303 6.305 6.059 6.202 6.081 6.059 6.058 6.200 6.303 6.234

364 732 032 430 699 868 209 800 191 448 743 515


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 2 Graduated pipettes, AR glass®, class AS, amber graduations

1

Conformity certified, with dated batch identification, soda-lime glass (AR), with durable Hirschmann amber stain graduations, ring mark at major graduations, zero at tip, graduated to deliver EX (TD) calibrated, type 2, acc. to DIN EN ISO 835. Sizes 5ml and above are cotton plugged. Hirschmann supplies class A or AS volumetric glassware with batch and production year indicators as standard at no additional charge. Therefore these measuring instruments are suitable for the use in labs certified acc. to DIN ISO. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

2

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 1 1 2 2 5 5 10 20 25

ml 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.02 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Tolerance

± ml 0.005 0.007 0.007 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.01 0.01

Overall length ± 5 mm

PK

360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 450

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 Graduated pipettes for tissue culture, glass, amber graduations

Grad.

ml 1 2 5 10 25

ml 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2

Overall length ± 3 mm

PK

230 230 230 230 230

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.080 6.090 6.080 6.510 6.510

498 340 523 172 335

4 Graduated pipettes with piston, glass, amber graduations

Grad.

ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50

ml 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Top dia. mm 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.8

Overall length mm 335 345 360 385 430 475 530

4 Hirschmann

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

350 351 352 353 354 355 713 714 358 359

Hirschmann

Graduated pipettes with attached syringe for safe and easy pipetting, with durable amber stain graduations, ring marks at main graduation points, zero at top, graduated to the tip Capacity

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 6.202 6.202 9.272 9.272

3

Graduated pipettes, short type, especially for tissue culture and working on cleanroom benches, soda-lime glass (AR), with durable amber stain graduations, ring marks at main graduation points, zero at the bottom to deliver EX (TD) calibrated. Cotton plugged (8mm o.d.) Capacity

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

7.510 6.052 6.051 6.050 6.205 7.510 7.510

038 960 027 770 201 039 040

819


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 Graduated pipettes, soda AR-Glas, class A

1

Fortuna®. With permanent, amber, enamelled graduations. With interchangeable suction pistons (except 100ml size). Graduated pipettes with blue enamelled graduations are also available on request. Capacity

Grad.

ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 100

ml 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 1.0

Poulten & Graf

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

301 302 305 310 320 325 350 399

2 Graduated pipettes, AR-Glas®, Class AS, amber graduations, partial delivery

2

Blaubrand® Eterna, conformity certified, AR-Glas®. DIN EN ISO 835. Type 1 (zero at BRAND top). Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Waiting time 5 seconds. Marks and inscriptions in Eterna amber stain. All Blaubrand® graduated pipettes are supplied with a batch number and an accompanying batch certificate in the original packaging (up to 10ml: 12 pipettes, above 10ml: 6 pipettes). Also available with individual works, USP, or DKD calibration certificate on request. Supplementary to the DIN range.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 1 2 2 5 10 25

ml 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1

3

Tolerance

± ml 0.005 0.007 0.010 0.010 0.030 0.05 0.10

Suitable for cotton plugs

PK

no no no no yes yes yes

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272 9.272

430 431 432 433 434 435 436

3 Pasteur pipettes, glass Glass. Single use. With uniform shape and length. With long drawn, 1.1mm diameter fine tip, 20mm suction tube and constriction for tight fitting of cotton wool plugs. External diameter: 7.1mm. Length mm 150 230

820

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1000 1000

9.411 015 9.411 020


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1

1 Pipettes, Pasteur , plastic Disposable. PE. The micro pipette has a capillary suction tip. Ideal for daily use. Type

Length mm 155 150 155 170 150 144 150 300

standard, grad., non-sterile micro, without grad., non-sterile* macro, grad., non-sterile standard, with ring mark at 10 ml, non-sterile standard, without grad., sterile* capillary, grad., sterile* macro, grad., sterile Pasteur-Plast-Pipette

Capacity ml 1.0 3.0 3.0 10.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 10.0

Figure

PK

1 2 3 4

500 500 500 200 500 500 500 100

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 6.203

031 032 030 033 038 039 035 402

* Total volume

2 Disposable pipettes, plastic

2

High-quality polystyrene. Sterile. Colour coded according to ISO requirements: Capacity

Grad.

ml 1* 1 5* 5 10* 10 25*

ml 1/100 1/100 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/5

Negative graduations up to 0.2 0.2 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 10.0

PK

1000 1000 200 200 500 500 200

Cat. No.

9.380 9.380 9.380 9.380 9.380 9.380 9.380

123 125 131 133 135 137 139

* sterile, individually packed

3 Pipettes, plastic, disposable, serological

3

These serological pipettes from Ratiolab were specially designed for cell culture. The special colour-coded system makes it easy to identify the size of the pipette in use. The pipettes are made from high-grade polystyrene and have the following features: - Guaranteed sterile (gamma irradiated) - Guaranteed non-pyrogenic - Guaranteed non-cytotoxic - Guaranteed non-haemolytic - Cotton plugged and colour coded - Larger capacity through extra graduations - 5 ml, 10 ml and 25 ml pipettes are graduated with bi-directional secondary scale, enabling easier reading. - Secure and easy-to-open 'tear off' packaging. Capacity

Colour

Grad.

ml 1 2 5 10 25

Yellow Green Blue Orange Red

ml 1/100 1/50 1/10 1/10 1/5

Negative graduations up to 0.3 ml 0.4 ml 3.0 ml 3.0 ml 10.0 ml

PK

500 500 250 200 75

Cat. No.

9.380 9.380 9.380 9.380 9.380

431 432 433 434 435

826

831

E & OE.

821


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1

1 Disposable micropipettes, without ring mark, intraEND Blaubrand®. DIN ISO 7550. Conformity-certified from 5 µl in accordance with German Weights and Measures Regulations. Calibrated to contain (In)

BRAND

Accuracy: ≤±0.5%. Precision: ≤1.0%. (Capacity 1µl: Precision ≤1.5%). (Capacity 100µl: Precision ≤2%). CE-marked according to IVD 98/79 EG. Capacity µl 1* 2* 3* 5 10 20 25 50 100

Length mm 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 60

PK 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

401 403 405 407 409 418 422 433 444

*conformity certified

2

2 Disposable micropipettes ring marked, intraMARK Blaubrand®. DIN ISO 7550. Conformity-certified from 5 µl upwards, in accordance with German Weights and Measures Regulations. Calibrated to contain (In). Colour code according to ISO for clear identification.

BRAND

Length 125 mm Accuracy ≤ ±0.25 %. Precision ≤ 0.5 %. (Capacity 5 µl: Accuracy ≤ ±0.3 %, precision ≤ 0.6 %). CE-marked according to IVD 98/79 EG.

Marks at µl 1/2/3/4/5* 10 20 50 100 50 +100 200

Colour

PK

White Orange Black Green Blue Blue Red

250 250 250 250 250 250 200

Cat. No.

9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

307 309 318 333 344 345 357

* Conformity-certified for 5 µl division only.

3

3 Disposable micropipettes, delbrück pattern, intraEND Blaubrand®. DIN ISO 7550. BRAND Conformity-certified. Volume defined by end-to-end filling. Calibrated to contain (In). Sodium heparinised. Ideal for blood capillary sampling. With a length of only 30 mm the pipette can be placed directly into the microcentrifuge tube where it will release the sample during centrifugation. CE-marked according to IVD directive 98/79 EC. Accuracy: ≤ ±0.5 %. Precision: ≤ 1 %. Capacity µl 20 50

4

Length mm 30.0 30.0

PK

Cat. No.

100 100

9.411 242 9.411 246

4 Pipetting aid, intraEnd For Blaubrand® intraEnd micropipettes. Consists of glass tube, rubber adapter and rubber teat with vent hole.

822

BRAND

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Pipetting aid, intraEnd

10

9.411 440

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1 Pipette holders

1

For Delbrück and intraEND micropipettes.

BRAND

Type Pipette holders

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.411 260

2 Capillary pipettes, ringcaps®

2

Disposable capillary pipettes with ring marks. Hirschmann ringcaps® are exclusively made out of Schott Duran® glass (CE marked, ISO 7550). The accurately designed ring mark guarantees precise determination of volume, the international colour code on every single micropipette prevents the risk of confusion. Advantages: - No risk of cross contamination owing to single use - Duran glass - Handy length of 125mm - Conformity certified in accordance with the applicable weights and measures regulations Type 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1

marks mark mark mark mark mark mark mark mark marks marks marks marks mark

Capacity µl 1+2+3+4+5 10 20 25 40 44.7 50 100 200 5 + 10 20 + 40 50 + 100 100 + 200 44.7 Na-hep.

PK 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 100 250 250 250 100 250

3 Capillary pipettes, Minicaps

Cat. No. 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.600 9.602

105 110 120 125 140 144 150 199 122 210 240 299 222 144

3

Minicaps, with volume defined by end-to-end filling. Duran glass. Conformity certified ISO 7550, with batch number on the packaging.

Hirschmann

Advantages: - Error-free filling - Only 30 to 32mm long - Easy-to-remove, colour-coded dispenser cap - Conformity certified in accordance with the applicable weights and measures regulations Supplied in drums of 100 within an outer pack of 1000.

4 Capillary pipettes, Minicaps

4

Sodium heparinised. Specifically designed for Delbrück methods.

Hirschmann

Capacity µl 5 10 20 25 40 45 50

PK 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

252 253 254 255 256 257 258

Other sizes on request.

E & OE.

823


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes 1

1 Capillary pipettes, Minicaps Non-heparinised.

Hirschmann

Capacity Âľl 0.5 1 2 3 3.33 4 5 6.66 10 20 25 30 40 44.7 50 100

PK 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280

Haematocrit capillary tubes Disposable capillaries for blood centrifugation tests, length exactly 75 mm, precise and heavy wall thickness and colour-coded acc. to DIN 12 846. Type plain sodium-heparinized

2

Hirschmann

PK

Cat. No.

1000 1000

6.200 639 7.200 409

2 Micro-haematocrit capillary tubes Comply with BS 4316-68 and DIN 12 772 specifications. For use in microhaematocrit centrifuges. Without calibration marks.

BRAND

Heparinised. For capillary blood sampling. The entire inner surface is coated with sodium-heparinate. Code: red. Non-heparinised. To determine heparinised venous blood. Code: blue. CE-marked according to IVD 98/79 EG. Length: Wall thickness: Internal diameter: External diameter: - CE marked according to IVD 98/79 EG. Type Heparinised Non-heparinised

3

75 mm Âą1 mm approx. 0.2 mm 1.1 to 1.2 mm 1.5 to 1.6 mm PK

Cat. No.

100 100

9.411 215 9.411 220

3 Haematocrit sealing compound Non-drying vinyl plastic compound on a plastic plate. For the rapid and safe sealing of BRAND several hundred micro-haematocrit capillaries. Pairs of capillaries (24 in total) can be placed upright in the numbered storage places on each side of the plate. CE marked.

824

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Haematocrit sealing compound

10

9.411 240

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Graduated pipettes-Pipette controllers 1 Haematocrit sealing compound

1

Non-drying vinyl plastic compound on a plastic plate. For the rapid and safe sealing of Hirschmann several hundred micro-haematocrit capillaries. Pairs of capillaries (24 in total) can be placed upright in the numbered storage places on each side of the plate. CE marked acc. to IVD 98/79 EG. Type Haematocrit sealing compound

PK

Cat. No.

3

6.077 735

2 Safety pipette bulb Flip™

2

Fits virtually all pipette sizes. Only two valve operation points. With automatic vent valve that can be removed for cleaning. Type

PK

Cat. No.

Flip™

1

9.273 838

3 Safety bulb pipette fillers

3

Chemically resistant rubber. With valves for suction, emptying and air release, controlled by thumb and finger pressure. Type 1 Standard, for pipettes up to 10ml 2 Universal for most pipettes

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.273 836 9.273 837

4 Safety pipette bulb Howorka-Ball®

4

Advantages: - no rigid connection with the tube - no valves or side vent tubes - suitable for all standard tube diameters, including pipettes, burettes, filter tubes etc. - no unstable air pockets - long operational life due to durable components - Easily cleaned and steam sterilized if contaminated with liquids Capacity ml 20 50

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.273 826 9.273 827

825


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette controllers 1

1 Pipette bulbs Rubber. For quick and easy pipetting. Colour coding prevents confusion. Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 15

2

Colour

PK

Green Grey Yellow Blue Red

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.115 9.115 9.115 9.115 9.115

501 502 505 506 507

2 Pipette bulb, 'Aspirette' Patented pipette bulb for safe pipetting of all kinds of liquids. Easy to use and accurate. Highly recommended even with critical or aggressive liquids. Type

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.273 870

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Natural rubber/Latex (NR) Silicone (VMQ) Red (NR/SBR)

1 10 1

9.072 681 9.072 682 9.072 683

Aspirette

3 Pipette teats Transparent. Choice of materials as indicated.

3

Pipetting Aid, Vitlab pipeo® VITLAB For all pipettes from 0.1 to 100ml. The new Vitlab pipeo® pipetting aid provides manual pipetting with minimal effort. This is ensured by it's ergonomic handle, the low weight (approx. 190g) and excellent balance. Pipetting speed can be steplessly and very accurately adjusted with one hand, using two buttons. A 50ml pipette can be filled, quietly and with minimum vibration, in less than ten seconds. The Vitlab pipeo® can be set to deliver liquid either by gravity, or in blow-out mode using the battery-operated motor.

Type pipeo® with power adapter for continental Europe pipeo® with power adapter for UK/Eire Wall mounting for pipeo®

826

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.288 210 9.288 211 9.288 212


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette controllers 1 Macropipette controllers

1

For use with volumetric and graduated pipettes from 0.1 to 100 ml. Unique valve system. Particularly easy to use and lightweight. With hydrophobic membrane filter to prevent penetration of liquid into the controller body. The macropipette controller is autoclavable (121°C).

BRAND

Type

Cat. No.

PK

Macropipette controller, grey Macropipette controller, blue Macropipette controller, magenta Macropipette controller, green Spare hydrophobic membrane filter Valve assembly Spare adapter, silicone

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273 9.273

867 855 856 858 868 860 861

2 Pipetting Aid Vitlab maneus® -

2

Easy and fatigue-free operation for both left and right-handed users A specially designed inlet cone accommodates pipettes from 0.1 ml to 100 ml The perfectly balanced valve unit ensures effortless liquid aspiration Precise and high sensitive meniscus setting A replaceable, hydrophobic membrane filter protects the interior from penetrating liquids Completely autoclavable With 3 µm membrane filter and manual

Type Pipetting aid Vitlab maneus®

VITLAB

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.288 205

3 Micropipette controller

3

For disposable pipettes with micro ring mark and many other small glass pipettes up to 1 ml. Autoclavable (121°C). The micropipette controller reduces risk of infection. Contaminated disposable micropipettes can be removed using the integral ejection button. Type Micropipette controller Spare suction system

BRAND

PK

Cat. No.

1 3

9.288 200 9.288 201

4 Pipette controllers, micro-classic

4

Specially designed for IVF laboratory applications. Comfortable and reliable. Thanks to BRAND its ergonomic design and easy handling, the micro-classic pipette controller provides the comfort needed for difficult work under the microscope. Suitable for disposable micropipettes with ring marks and other microlitre volume pipettes with a capacity up to 1ml. Suitable for left, or right-handed operation. The adapter and suction tube are autoclavable at 121°C. Description Micro-classic, complete, with 2 spare tubes Spare adapter with suction tube

PK

Cat. No.

1 3

9.281 080 9.281 085

5 Pipette controller, Profiller™ 435 -

5

Simple, one-button, manual operation Robust construction Pipette adapter protected by membrane filter Practically maintenance free Ideal for graduated pipettes up to 100 ml

Socorex

Description

PK

Manual pipette controller Profiller 435 Manual pipette controller Profiller 436 0.45 µm protection filter 0,2 µm protection filter

1 1 5 5

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

507 577 508 576

827


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette controllers 1

1 Pipette Controller Accumax PipetHelp Features of PipetHelp - Pipette Controller -

powerful, yet quiet, pump motor soft grip push buttons twin safety valves autoclavable pipette cone fills a 25ml pipette in less than 4 seconds safety valves and hydrophobic filters provide double protection against fluid penetration two alternative pump speeds - High & Low, plus gravity discharge pump speed continuously adjustable by varying finger pressure on control buttons batteries can be easily replaced by the user intelligent charger prevents overcharging/heating of batteries low battery indicator wall mount supplied provides support even when a serological pipette is fitted to the controller and also enables charging - safety system: replaceable, hydrophobic 0.45µm, PTFE filter and safety check valve Accessories supplied: Battery charger (Euro plug), hydrophobic PTFE membrane filters 0.45µm and 0.20µm, wall mounting support with screw, table stand, NiMH batteries Specifications Power: Battery Service Life: Battery Charging Time: Volumetric Range:

2 x 1.2V/1000mAh NiMH batteries Eight hours continuous use 2 to 3 hours to charge fully Plastic or Glass pipettes from 0.1ml up to 200ml

Description

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.281 000

PK

Cat. No.

Pipette cone, autoclavable, green Silicone pipette adaptor with safety valve

1 1

9.281 001 9.281 002

Battery charger Membrane filter, 0.2 µm, PTFE, non-sterile Membrane filter, 0.45 µm, PTFE, non-sterile

1 5 5

9.281 003 9.281 004 9.281 005

Pipette Controller - PipetHelp for 0,1 to 200 ml pipettes

Accessories for PipetHelp Description

2

2 Pipette controller accu-jet® pro Superb control, all with one hand! Choose your operating mode: powered blow-out for BRAND speed or sensitivity; delivery by gravity for volumetric accuracy. Set the motor speed range suited to the pipette volume: full power for large volumes; lower speed range for small-volume pipettes. Then, achieve the finest control of filling and delivery by adjusting the pipetting speed as needed without stopping your work; speed is continuously adjustable using button pressure within the selected speed range. -

Exceptionally sensitive meniscus control, even with low-volume pipettes Light weight (190 g) and smoothly rounded grip ensure comfort and minimize fatigue Securely holds all pipettes from 0.1 to 100 ml Active vapour exhaust, check valve and filter help protect instrument from liquids and vapours Additional battery compartment cover (included) allows instrument to be inverted on the bench to avoid contamination of the pipette adapter. - 8 hours of continuous pipetting (with a 10 ml pipette) on each charge; LED low-battery signal; instrument operates during recharge. Items supplied: accu-jet® pro, incl. wall support, 2 membrane filters 0.2 µm, NiMH battery pack, 2 battery compartment covers, instruction manual and 230V 50Hz charger for continental Europe.

Description accu-jet® pro, accu-jet® pro, accu-jet® pro, accu-jet® pro,

828

PK dark blue magenta green royal blue

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.281 9.281 9.281 9.281

090 086 087 088


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette controllers 1 Accessories for accu-jet® controller

1 BRAND

Description

PK

NiMh-Akku battery charger only Silicone adapter, with non-return valve (PTFE) Membrane filter, 0.2 µm, in blister pack, sterile* Membrane filter, 0.2 µm, in PE bag, non-sterile Membrane filter, 3 µm in blister pack, non-sterile Membrane filter, 3 µm, in PE bag, non-sterile

1 1 1 10 1 10

Cat. No. 9.281 9.281 9.281 9.281 9.273 9.281

096 094 092 091 868 095

* Sterilized with ethylene oxide (ETO), guaranteed SAL of 10-6.

2 Pipette controllers, pipetus®-standard, -standard-Filter

2

Classic pipette controller, tried and tested for over 20 years. Ideal for work in fume Hirschmann cupboards as separate hand and pump modules (230 Volt). Handle is particularly ergonomic and lightweight. Can be used with 0.1 to 100 ml pipettes. Standard delivery (Ex) or Blow-out functions are available. Pipetting speed can be pre-selected on the pump module. Pipetting is carried out by simply pressing the in or out buttons. The amount of pressure exerted determines the ultimate pipetting speed. Built-in safety valve prevents penetration of liquid into the instrument or the handle The pipetus®-standard-filter is additionally supplied with an extra large capacity filter mounted on the pump module. Type pipetus®-standard pipetus®-standard-Filter

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.287 810 9.287 812

3 Pipette controller, pipetus®-junior

3

Low cost, manual pipetting aid (no mains connection). Simple, safe and accurate. For all Hirschmann commercially available volumetric and graduated pipettes up to 25 ml. Weighing only 130 g, it ensures comfortable, ergonomic and problem-free pipetting. Each time the 'pump' button is pressed approximately 2 ml of sample fluid is drawn up. When the 'out' button is pressed the liquid is gently released via an accurate valve system with the amount of pressure exerted on the Blow-out button determining the speed of release. Blow-out pipettes can be fully emptied by pressing another button on the back of the unit. A standard PTFE membrane filter prevents overfilling. Type pipetus®-junior

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.281 100

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range ! E & OE.

829


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette controllers-Pipetting accessories 1

1 Pipette controller, pipetus® Safe, handy, mains-independent controller with no interfering power cable. Lightweight, Hirschmann despite its sophisticated technology. Ergonomically designed down to the smallest detail for fatigue-free, repetitive pipetting with all pipettes from 0.1 to 200 ml. Intelligent recharging technology ensures that the pipettor is always ready for use. Also beneficial is the colour display, which shows the operator the preselected settings like speed, pipetting modes Ex or BlowOut and the battery capacity, at a glance. The pipettor has the following features: - Ergonomic and lightweight (just over 200g) - Ex/blow-out switching ensures that precise volumes are pipetted from both Ex and blow-out pipettes. 5 pipetting speeds can be pre-selected for quick and fine (drop by drop) pipetting. - Ultra-modern charging technology is provided in the inductive charging stand (supplied) - Battery capacity is continually monitored via microcontroller, no memory effect - Colour display shows battery capacity, selected speed and Ex or BlowOut setting - Unique operating capacity: depending on requirements, up to 1 week continuous power is available without recharging - Fine meniscus adjustment thanks to superior valve technology - Safety valve prevents overfilling of pipette ensuring that no liquid enters the instrument - Ergonomic outer case aids fatigue-free operation Supplied with: Charger with plug socket, including inductive charging stand, wall unit and PTFE membrane filter.

Type pipetus®

2

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.283 958

2 Pipette controllers, pipetus®, accessories Hirschmann Type Pipet holder, complete Filter disc with one-sided plug-in connection (5 pcs) Spare silicone adapter Spare safety valve Charging set 230 V including inductive charging station Mounting bracket Retainer Ring "white" Pipet holder housing Table Stand

3

PK

Cat. No.

1 5

9.283 970 9.283 965

1 1 1

9.283 961 9.283 962 9.283 966

1 1 1 1

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.287

3 Pipette stand ”horizontal“ Pipette stand ”horizontal“ is made from moulded polypropylene which is also autoclavable. On each side, 6 pipettes (longer than 22 cm) can be stored horizontally. Easy to clean. Dimensions mm

4

Isolab

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.273 896

4 Pipette storage container With lid. Base dia. x height: 130 x 430 mm, int. dia.: 83 mm Suitable for dust-proof storage of pipettes up to 400 mm long. Type With lid (PP container, HDPE lid)

830

967 968 969 859

E & OE.

Kartell

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.273 900


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipetting accessories 1 Pipette stand "vertical"

1

Pipette stand, vertical is made from moulded polypropylene. This stand can hold up to 94 pipettes and rotates on a central vertical axis for easy selection of any particular pipette. The base plate has a raised edge which catches dripping liquids.

Type Pipette stand "vertical"

Isolab

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.273 895

2 Pipette soaking jar

2

HDPE.

Kartell

For pipette length mm 250 500 650

Int. dia. mm 125 160 160

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.273 928 9.273 920 9.273 925

3 Pipette baskets

3

HDPE. Cylindrical, with handle. For pipette length mm 360 460 600

Base dia. mm 145 145 145

Kartell Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 495 645 870

1 1 1

9.273 980 9.273 985 9.273 990

4 Pipette rinsers

4

HDPE. For easy and gentle cleaning of pipettes using the repetitive siphon principle. The complete rinsing system comprises 1) rinser, 2) soaking jar and 3) pipette basket. Water flow should be adjusted to approx. 2 litres/min. Please order soaking jar and pipette basket separately. For pipette length mm 460 600

Capacity

Int. dia. mm 150 150

litres 13 17

Kartell

Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 740 1000

1 1

9.409 238 9.409 239

5 Pipette sterilizing boxes, square

5

Square section. 18/10 stainless steel. Stackable. With silicone pad in base and lid. Box W x D: 70 x 70 mm. Sterilizable up to 205째C. Length mm 210 290 340 430

Effective length mm 180 257 307 412

Dia. mm 70 x 70 x 70 x 70 x

Bochem

PK

70 70 70 70

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010

781 782 783 784

6 Pipette sterilizing boxes

6

Cylindrical. 18/10 stainless steel. With silicone pad in base and lid. Rotating the lid exposes or hides the lid perforations. Sterilizable up to 205째C. Dia. mm 65 80 80

Height mm 450 380 500 E & OE.

Bochem

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.010 793 9.010 794 9.010 795

831


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipetting accessories-Microlitre Pipettors 1

1 Variable pipette boxes, Varicon Comprising two, overlapping, sliding aluminium sections which can be gently pressed schuett-biotec together in a telescopic fashion to fit the length of the pipettes to be sterilized. This means that only one container size for 280 to 420 mm long standard pipettes (type RS) and one for 145 to 235 mm long short or pasteur pipettes (type RK) are required. Require accessory silicone rubber pads, not supplied. 2mm thick silicone rubber pad. For Varicon RS pipette boxes. Prevents damage to pipettes when loading and transporting. Diameter: 58mm. Supplied singly, 2 required per box.

Type

Variable length mm 145 to 235 280 to 420

Varicon RK Varicon RS Silicone pad

2

Int. dia. mm 60 60 58

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.010 801 9.010 800 9.010 770

2 Pipette boxes, Specicon/Varicon, accessory holders For holding Specicon, Varicon RS or square pipette boxes. Handy storage at the workbench for a variety of pipettes.

schuett-biotec

Stainless steel frame with fixed and angled apertures for holding 4, 6 or 8 round or square pipette boxes. Type Gesticon E4 Gesticon E6 Gesticon E8

3

Width mm 195 195 195

Depth mm 235 235 235

Height mm 229 315 405

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.010 804 9.010 806 9.010 807

3 Digital Microlitre pipettors, LLG Comfortable to use Minimal effort is required for pipetting which reduces the risk of repetitive strain injuries (RSI). Volume setting is easy and precise, using the push button, even when wearing gloves.

Lab Logistics Group

Maximum Precision and Accuracy Thermal insulation of the internal components, using the innovative, ergonomic, coloured soft grip, improves accuracy and ensures safe, easy handling. Universal Blow-out System Two step plunger operation allows reverse pipetting. This also facilitates last drop dispensing by soft plunger movements. High accuracy and precision are guaranteed. Easy Maintenance and Adjustment Easy to adjust, with just one tool. Maintenance and adjustment take only a few minutes. The pipettor design and the universal tool are a perfect partnership for simple, rapid adjustment. Contamination-free Pipetting The pipettor is fully autoclavable, ideal for applications where sterility is important. Satisfaction Guaranteed Each pipette is individually tested and calibrated twice, conforming to EN ISO 8655 and DIN 12650 Standards. A certificate is included. Made in Germany, CE certified.

Capacity

µl 0.1 to 2.5 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 10 to 100* 20 to 200 100 to 1000* 500 to 5000* 1000 to 10000**

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.5 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.8 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.15 0.15

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*Filters for pipettors availlable on request. ** 10000µl Pipettor does not have a tip ejector

832

PK

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

000 001 002 003 004 005 006 007


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Digital Microliter pipettors LLG Packages

1

These two pipettor packages cover the most used volumes:

Lab Logistics Group

Package 1 Micro comprises: a) 3 Microlitre pipettors with the volumes - LLG-microlitre pipettor 0.5 to 10µl - LLG-microlitre pipettor 10 to 100µl - LLG-microlitre pipettor 100 to 1000µl b) for each pipettor one bag of tips - crystal (0.1 to 10µl) 1000 tips - yellow (10 to 100µl), 1000 tips - blue (100 to 1000µl), 1000 tips Package 2 Macro comprises: a) 3 Microliter pipettors with the volumes - LLG-microlitre pipettor 100 to 1000µl - LLG-microlitre pipettor 500 to 5000µl - LLG-microlitre pipettor 1000 to 10000µl b) for each pipettor one bag of tips - blue (100 to 1000µl), 1000 tips - clear (100 to 5000µl), 250 tips - clear (1000 to 10.000µl), 100 tips Type Package 1 Micro Package 2 Macro

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.280 008 9.280 009

2

2 3 Racks for Microliter pipettors White, industrila grade, stable plastic (PMMA). Pipettors are held in an ergonomic position for easy withdrawal and replacement. Adjustable heights. Suitable for all kind of pipettors. Description for 4 pipettors for 6 pipettors

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.280 010 9.280 011

White Plexiglas, for 6 pipettors. Holds all makes of pipettor such as Eppendorf, Brand, Gilson etc. - Also suitable for pipettors with side-mounted tip ejector - The two front compartments can accommodate complete packs of Eppendorf Comfort pipette tips or a large number of loose pipette tips - With lid to prevent contamination. Type Pipettor rack, plastic

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.412 229

3

4

4 Clamp for Microliter pipettors Type Pipettor clamp, plastic

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.240 012

5 The Eppendorf PhysioCareConcept The Eppendorf PhysioCareConcept is the new standard for integrated liquid handling eppendorf systems and work procedures. A light and comfortable pipettor is the basis. However in order to fulfil the quality benchmarks of the Eppendorf PhysioCareConcept, all movement, working processes and the environment of the pipetting procedure, like the selection of the pipettor, tip attachment, minimalisation of operating, as well as tip ejection forces, are also included. Eppendorf sets new criteria with the PhysioCareConcept for shorter operational sequences and less operator stress, with maximum ergonomics and precision. The new Eppendorf pipettor family embodies this concept, because all of the relevant aspects around pipetting have been considered. Applying this liquid handling system immediately optimises use, thus saving time.

5

The 8 criteria of the Eppendorf PhysioCareConcept - Integrated systems - Exceptional durability - Optimized form and function - Perfectly balanced - Intuitive operation - Minimal user effort - Simple maintenance - Comprehensive support

E & OE.

833


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1

1 Pipettors, air displacement, fixed volume, Reference®, - TÜV award for user friendliness and user tested - chemical- and corrosion-resistant, free-running piston - robust material, which is UV-resistant and fully autoclavable without impairing accuracy or precision - one button operation - conformity certified - 3 year guarantee Grey control button: for 20µl, or GELoader tips Yellow control button: for 200µl tips Blue control button: for 1000µl tips Red control button: for 2500µl tips

2

Capacity

Control button

µl 1 2 5 10 10 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

colour grey grey grey grey yellow yellow yellow yellow yellow blue blue blue blue red red red

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

280 281 282 283 279 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294

2 Pipettors, air displacement, variable volume, Reference®, -

UV-resistant eppendorf autoclavable (150 x at 121°C, 20 min) simple maintenance and calibration With individual adhesive labels Lateral volume setting lock safeguards volume selected each variable Reference (except 500 to 2500µl) contains a sevice-kit and one epTips box with appropriate tips

Anthracite control button anthracite: for 2.5µl tips Grey control button: for 20µl, or GELoader tips Yellow control button: for 100µl tips and 300 µl Blue control button: for 1000µl tips Red control button (not conformity certified): for 2500µl tips

Capacity

Control button

µl 0.1 to 2.5 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 2 to 20 10 to 100 50 to 200 100 to 1000 500 to 2500

colour anthracite grey grey yellow yellow yellow blue red

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

833 833

834

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

295 296 297 303 298 299 300 301


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Variable pipettors, epReference³ Pack

1

Comfortable, highly precision pipetting, is the result of fine tuning between pipettor and pipette tip. Why don't you try the unbeatable combination of Eppendorf Reference® pipettors and new, epTIPS pipette tips for yourself?

eppendorf

Your epReference³ Pack contains: Option 1: - 3 x Eppendorf Reference® PhysioCareConcept pipettors (0.5 to 10µl, 10 to 100µl, 100 to 1000µl) - 3 x epTIPS (max. capacity 20µl, 200µl, and 1000µl) in refillable boxes of 96 - 3 pipette wall-holders Option 2: - 3 x Eppendorf Reference® PhysioCareConcept pipettors (2 to 20µl, 20 to 200µl, 100 to 1000µl) - 3 x epTIPS (max. capacity 200µl and 1000µl) in refillable boxes of 96 - 3 pipette wall-holders

Type epReference³ Pack, Option 1 epReference³ Pack, Option 2

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.283 304 9.283 305

2 Pipettors, positive displacement, Biomaster® 4830

2

Provides contamination free, positive displacement pipetting. - One-handed tip attachment and removal - Lateral volume locking - Ergonomic design - UV-resistant and autoclavable - Maintenance free

eppendorf

Biomaster Kit, comprises: Biomaster pipettor with continuous volume selection in the range of 1 to 20 µl and 1 box of 96 Mastertips Type Biomaster® Kit

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.283 471

3 Pipette tips, Mastertip®

3

Ready to use, racked tip boxes. 96 Mastertips in rack.

eppendorf

Type Mastertip®

PK

Cat. No.

480

9.283 472

852

E & OE.

835


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1

1 Pipettors, air displacement, fixed volume, Research® -

2

Capacity

Control button

µl 10 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1.000

colour yellow yellow yellow yellow yellow blue blue blue blue

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379

2 Pipettors, air displacement, variable volume, Research® -

3

robust but lightweight eppendorf digital volume display with magnifying window certified accuracy and precision conformity-certified lower casing is autoclavable 4-digit display two-button operation three-year warranty each Eppendorf Research adjustable-volume pipette (except for Research 10ml, 5ml) contains a service kit and an epTIPS Box with the appropriate volume tip

robust but lightweight eppendorf digital volume display with magnifying window certified accuracy and precision Conformity-certified lower housing is autoclavable 4-digit display two-button operation three-year warranty every Eppendorf Research adjustable-volume pipette (except Research 10 ml, 5 ml models) contains a service kit and an epTIPS Box with the appropriate volume tip

Capacity

Control button

µl 0.1 to 2.5 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 10 to 100 20 to 200 100 to 1000 500 to 5000 1000 to 10000

colour anthracite grey yellow yellow yellow blue violet turquoise

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.409

380 381 382 383 384 385 386 402

3 Variable pipettors, epResearch³ Pack Comfortable, highly precision pipetting, is the result of fine tuning between pipettor and pipette tip. Why don't you try the unbeatable combination of Eppendorf Research® pipettors and new, epTIPS pipette tips yourself?

eppendorf

Your epResearch³ Pack contains: Option 1: - 3 x Eppendorf Research® PhysioCareConcept pipettors (0.5 to 10 µl, 10 to 100 µl, 100 to 1000 µl) - 3 x epTIPS (max. capacity 20 µl, 200 µl, and 1000 µl) in refillable boxes of 96 - 3 pipette holders Option 2: - 3 x Eppendorf Research® PhysioCareConcept pipettors (2 to 20 µl, 20 to 200 µl, 100 to 1000 µl) - 3 x epTIPS (max. capacity 200 µl and 1000 µl) in refillable boxes of 96 - 3 pipette holders

Type epResearch³ Pack, Option 1 epResearch³ Pack, Option 2

836

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.283 306 9.283 307


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Multichannel pipettors Eppendorf Research®

1

Pipetting long series in columns, rows and microtitre plates - these are the areas in eppendorf which the multichannel pipettor is becoming an everincreasing force. And it is for this application that the Research®(multichannel) has been developed. This highperformance 8- or 12-channel pipettor is an effective, precise and rapid way of processing long series for a whole spectrum of different applications. - 8- and 12-channel tip manifolds can be exchanged - ideal for series dispensing within molecular biology applications and for all immunology assays, such as applying antibodies, washing or stopping - the specially designed nose cone of the Research®(multichannel) with O-ring seal means that very little force is required to attach and eject the tip.

Type 8-channel, complete 8-channel, complete 8-channel, complete 12-channel, complete 12-channel, complete 12-channel, complete 8-channel, lower section only

Capacity µl 0.5 to 10 10 to 100 30 to 300 0.5 to 10 10 to 100 30 to 300 30 to 300

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

030 010 011 031 016 012 003

2 Pipettors, air displacement, variable volume, electronic, Research® pro

2

Single and multichannel electronic pipettors, offering extremely precise pipetting and dispensing. - Volume can be changed directly (pipetting and dispensing modes) - All the functions of mechanical pipettes or dispensers can be carried out - Rapid volume selection via predefined "FIX" volumes - 5 memories for all commonly used protocols - Low force, patented tip ejection for ease-of-use - Removable, autoclavable and easy-to-maintain lower sections - Multichannel versions offer adjustable operating angles due to their rotatable lower sections - High precision with no reduction in speed - Extra slow speed level available for special applications - High battery capacity (currently 3700 full strokes at the fastest speed with single-channel pipettes) - Optional charging stand (single or four-place) - All Research pro models are available with, or without, charging adapter Type Single-channel pipettor with charging adapter Single-channel pipettor with charging adapter Single-channel pipettor with charging adapter Single-channel pipettor with charging adapter Single-channel pipettor with charging adapter Single-channel pipettor without charging adapter Single-channel pipettor without charging adapter Single-channel pipettor without charging adapter Single-channel pipettor without charging adapter Single-channel pipettor without charging adapter 8-channel pipettor with charging adapter 8-channel pipettor with charging adapter 8-channel pipettor with charging adapter 8-channel pipettor with charging adapter 8-channel pipettor without charging adapter 8-channel pipettor without charging adapter 8-channel pipettor without charging adapter 8-channel pipettor without charging adapter 12-channel pipettor with charging adapter 12-channel pipettor with charging adapter 12-channel pipettor with charging adapter 12-channel pipettor without charging adapter 12-channel pipettor without charging adapter 12-channel pipettor without charging adapter Charging stand for one pipettor Charging stand for four pipettors

Capacity µl 0.5 to 10 5 to 100 20 to 300 50 to 1000 100 to 5000 0.5 to 10 5 to 100 20 to 300 50 to 1000 100 to 5000 0.5 to 10 5 to 100 20 to 300 50 to 1200 0.5 to 10 5 to 100 20 to 300 50 to 1200 0.5 to 10 5 to 100 20 to 300 0.5 to 10 5 to 100 20 to 300

eppendorf

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 562 564 566 567 569 571 573 561 563 565 568 570 572 574 575

852

E & OE.

837


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Eppendorf Research® plus Pipettors

1

The ultra light Eppendorf Research plus pipettor meets the highest requirements in eppendorf precision and accuracy - combined with ultimate ergonomics and increased flexibility. A spring loaded tip cone, a secondary calibration option, an improved volume display - and all this within a fully autoclavable pipette. Ergonomics: - ultra light - pipetting forces greatly reduced - the spring-loaded tip cone Flexibility: - calibrate your Research plus to your needs, - autoclave the entire pipettor, or only the lower housing - choose among single channel, multichannel and fixed volume pipettors in different sizes. Robustness: - durability has been tested thoroughly and meets the highest quality requirements - resistance to chemical, thermal and mechanical stress is now unchallenged -

volume adjustment: Only a few turns needed to reach your desired volume control button: Requires minimal operating force, colour indicates volume, ergonomically positioned for comfort ejector: requires minimal operating force, ergonomically positioned for comfort volume display: 4 digits, magnifying window calibration display & adjustment opening: Calibrate your pipettor to a specific liquid and volume.

852

2

2 Pipettors, air displacement, fixed volume, Research plus - Eppendorf PerfectPiston™: ultra-light piston made of Fortron® (except 2.5µl, 10µl, 5ml and 10ml pipettors) - quick connection clip: remove lower housing easily (except 5ml and 10ml pipettors) - spring loaded tip cone: improved ergonomics, tight fit to the tip (except 5ml and 10ml pipettors)

3

Capacity

Control button

µl 10 10 20 20 25 50 100 200 200 250 500 1.000

colour mid grey yellow light grey yellow yellow yellow yellow yellow blue blue blue blue

eppendorf

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221

3 Pipettors, air displacement, variable volume, Research plus - Eppendorf PerfectPiston™: Ultra light piston made of Fortron® (except 2.5µl, 10µl, 5ml and 10ml pipettors) - quick connection clip: Remove lower part easily (not in 5ml and 10ml pipettes) - spring loaded tip cone: Improved ergonomics, tight fit to the tip (except 5ml and 10ml pipettors)

838

Cat. No.

Volume

Control button

litres 0.1 to 2.5µl 0.5 to 10µl 2 to 20µl 2 to 20µl 10 to 100µl 20 to 200µl 30 to 300µl 100 to 1000µl 0.5 to 5ml 1 to 10ml

colour dark grey mid grey light grey yellow yellow yellow orange blue purple turquoise

eppendorf

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

200 201 208 202 203 204 209 205 206 207


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1

1 Multichannel pipettors Eppendorf Research plus Research® plus (adjustable, multichannel) - channel indicator: - use the pipette the same way round - all the time - remove individual channels: gain flexibility for individual needs - Eppendorf PerfectPiston™: ultra-light piston made of Fortron® (except 10µl pipettors) - quick connection clip: remove lower housing easily - spring loaded tip cone: improved ergonomics, tight fit to the tip Type

Capacity

Control button

8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 12-channel 12-channel 12-channel

µl 0.5 to 10 10 to 100 30 to 300 0.5 to 10 10 to 100 30 to 300

colour mid grey yellow orange mid grey yellow orange

eppendorf

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

222 224 226 223 225 227

2 Pipettors, variable volume, stepper type, Varipette® The Eppendorf Varipette® 4720 is an adjustable volume pipette, with which you can precisely pipette volumes up to 10ml (in 10 µl steps). Ideal for use with high vapour pressure or viscous liquids.

eppendorf

Type Varipette® 4720 Adapter for storing the Varipette® 4720 in the carousel pipettor stand Starter Kit (100 maxitips, 10 dispensing components, 10 valves, 2 maxitips G)

3 Tips, Varitip P and Varitip S

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.283 321 9.283 344

100

9.283 402

2

- Varitip P for aspirating 1ml to 10ml, e.g. out of beakers (Positive displacement tips) - Varitip S for aspirating 2.5ml to 10ml out of high, narrow neck vessels (Air displacement tips) - The system consists of a dispensing part and Maxitips - No carry-over as Maxitip is exchanged - Valve for the maxitip ensures the drip-free dispensing of liquids with high vapour pressure - Graduated Maxitip G for compensating the Varipette's nominal value

eppendorf

Varitip P for extraction from smaller vessels Varitip S for removal from narrow neck vessels and volumetric flasks, consisting of: dispensing part, Maxitip, Maxitip G, and valve for Varitip S

Type

PK

Varitip P tips Dispensing part for Varitip S tips Maxitip for Varitip S tips Valve for Varitip S tips

100 30 200 100

E & OE.

3

Cat. No. 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

403 324 325 326

839


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1

1 Transferpette® Type fixed volume/digital adjustable, single-channel pipettors The Transferpette® pipettor from Brand is designed for routine lab and research BRAND applications in a shape that is adapted to the anatomy of the human hand. The special handle shape with the side pipetting key allows the Transferpette® to lie loosely and lightly in your hand. The Transferpette® is particularly well suited for prolonged pipetting, or for anyone who is susceptible to RSI syndrome due to repetitive laboratory procedures. Special features of the Transferpette® are: - The tip cone taper is designed to fit Plastibrand® and most other leading manufacturers tips. - The slim shaft (autoclavable at 121°C) makes it possible to pipette in the narrowest vessels without removing the tip ejector. - Corrosion-resistant piston and ejector. - Colored tip ejector caps indicate appropriate tips to use. - Side pipetting key relieves strain; separate ejector function limits errors. - Transferpette® Digital adjustable with Easy Calibration technique: Calibration and adjustments according to ISO 9001 and GLP are achieved within seconds. - Transferpette® 0.1 to 1 µl - highest precision in molecular biology - especially for pipetting enzymes. - CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. Items supplied: Each Fixed volume or Digital adjustable Transferpette® is conformity certified and supplied with performance certificate, Fixed volume models also have a calibration key.

2

2 Pipettors Transferpette®fixed volume

Capacity

µl 5 10 20 25 50 100 200 200 250 500 1000 2000

840

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.0 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.8 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

E & OE.

Tip

PK

µl 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 1000 / 1250 1000 / 1250 1000 / 1250 1000 / 1250 5000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

075 076 077 078 081 082 083 084 085 087 088 086


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Pipettors Transferpette®digital

1 BRAND

Capacity

µl 0.1 to 1 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 2 to 20 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 25 to 250 100 to 1000 500 to 5000

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

2.0 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

1.2 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

Grad.

Tip

PK

µl 0.005 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 10

µl nano-cap nano-cap / 20 nano-cap / 20 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 1000 / 1250 1000 / 1250 5000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

099 089 093 090 091 092 095 094 096 097

2 Pipettors, Transferpette®, accessories

2

Racks, bench-top, for Transferpettes as indicated.

BRAND

For 1 x 3 transferpettes 2 x 3 transferpettes (rondell)

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.280 521 9.280 522

3 Pipettors, Transferpette®, accessories

3

Racks, wall-mounting, for 3 transferpettes (not suited for Transferpette®0.5 - 5ml and 2 ml). Type Racks, wall-mounting, for 3 transferpettes

BRAND PK

Cat. No.

1

9.280 098

4 Pipettors, Transferpette®and Transferpette® -8/-12, accessories

4

Pipette keys for Transferpette. Choice of colours. 2 labels are included with each key. Colour

BRAND PK

Light green Pink Blue Beige Dark grey Assorted colours

5 5 5 5 5 5

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

530 531 532 533 534 535

841


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Single-channel microlitre pipettors, Transferpette® S Fixed Volume

1

Transferpette®S models are the perfect manual pipettors for the most demanding BRAND applications in the laboratory. They include all of the features requested by Life Science users: rugged construction, one-hand volume adjustment, complete autoclavability, highest precision, and Easy Calibration™ technology for convenient, long-term reliability. Transferpette®S features at a glance: - familiar, centrally placed pipetting key and separate tip ejector - ergonomic finger rest that adapts to your hand for a relaxed grip - easy, one-handed volume setting for right-or left-handed users - entirely autoclavable at 121°C (20 min.) - colour-coding for easy tip selection - corrosion-resistant piston and ejector for durability - volume range from 10µl to 1000µl - CE-IVD-conform Items supplied: Transferpette® S Fixed Volume, conformity-certified, with quality certificate and shelf mount.

Capacity

µl 10 20 25 50 100 200 500 1000

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

Tip

PK

µl 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 1000 / 1250 1000 / 1250

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047

2 Single-channel microlitre pipettors, Transferpette® S Digital Adjustable Volume

2

The Transferpette®S models are the perfect manual pipettors for the most demanding BRAND applications in the laboratory. They include all of the features requested by Life Science users: rugged construction, one-hand volume adjustment, complete autoclavability, highest precision, and Easy Calibration™ technology for convenient, long-term reliability. Transferpette®S features at a glance: - Familiar, centrally placed pipetting key and separate tip ejector - Ergonomic finger rest that adapts to your hand for a relaxed grip - Easy, one-handed volume setting for right-or left-handed users - Easy-to-read 4-digit volume display for highest precision - Entirely autoclavable at 121°C (20 min.) - Colour-coding for easy tip selection - Corrosion-resistant piston and ejector for durability - Easy Calibration technology on the Transferpette® S digital models, providing calibration adjustments without tools, and a clear indication when the pipettes have been adjusted from factory settings - Volume range from 0.1µl to 10 ml! - CE-IVD-conform Items supplied: Transferpette® S Digital Adjustable Volume, conformity-certified, with quality certificate and shelf mount.

Capacity

µl 0.1 to 1 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 10 to 100 20 to 200 100 to 1000 500 to 5000 1000 to 10000

842

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

2 1 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

1.2 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

Grad.

Tip

PK

µl 0.001 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.2 1 5 10

µl nano-cap nano-cap / 20 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 1000 / 1250 5000 10000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Single channel pipettor Starter-Kits, Transferpette®S

1

Cost-saving Starter-Kits containing three Transferpette® S pipettes of different volumes with corresponding racked Plastibrand® pipette tips and shelf-mounting, pipettor holders.

BRAND

Items supplied: 3 Transferpette® S Digital adjustable pipettors, 3 x Tip-Boxes (filled), 3 shelf mounts.

Type

Description

PK

Starter-Kit Micro Starter-Kit Midi Starter-Kit Macro Starter-Standard-Kit

0.1 to 1 µl, 0.5 to 10 µl, 10 to 100 µl 2 to 20 µl, 20 to 200 µl, 100 to 1000 µl 100 to 1000 µl, 500 to 5000 µl, 1000 to 10000 µl 0,5 to 10 µl, 10 to 100 µl, 100 to 1000 µl

1 1 1 1

2 Accessories for Transferpette® S single channel microlitre pipettors

Cat. No. 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

060 061 062 063

2 BRAND

Description Bench stand for 1 pipettor Bench stand for 6 pipettors Shelf hanger for one pipettor

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

7.510 391 9.280 065 9.280 066

3 Positive displacement pipettors, Transferpettor

3

For easy, clean pipetting of problematic media.

BRAND

Transferpettor operates by positive displacement, which makes it ideal for pipetting: -

Highly viscous media such as oils, resins and fats up to a viscosity of 50000 mm²/sec. Media with high vapour pressure up to 500 mbar (Alcohols, ethers, hydrocarbons etc.) Media with a high density up to 13.6 g/cm³ (e.g. mercury and sulphuric acid) Media that tend to foam (surfactant solutions). Working temperature range: 15°C to 40°C

Capillary tubes and tips can be used over and over again, since residual wetting is negligible and generally has no influence on the overall result. This leads to lower material costs and reduced waste. But: In cases, where no contamination is permitted, e.g. with infectious or radioactive media, the Brand Transferpette is recommended, an air displacement pipettor for comfortable working with disposable tips. Items supplied: Transferpettor, conformity-certified, with quality certificate.

4 Pipettors Transferpettor Fixed volume

4

With pipettor caps and seals. Other capacities are available on request. Capacity

µl 1 50 100 200

BRAND

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

Seal material

Cap material

4.0 0.6 0.6 0.5

4.0 0.4 0.4 0.2

--PTFE PTFE PTFE

glass glass glass glass

PK

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

696 705 710 720

843


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1

1 Pipettors Transferpettor Type Digital Other capacities are available on request.

Capacity

µl 2.5 to 10 5 to 25 10 to 50 20 to 100 100 to 500 200 to 1000 1000 to 5000 2000 to 10000

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.0 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.8 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

BRAND

Grad.

µl 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.0 1.0 10.0 10.0

Cap material

PK

glass* glass* glass* glass* PP** PP** PP** PP**

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

602 605 610 620 724 726 730 732

* PTFE **PE

2

2 3 Caps for pipettors Transferpettor Digital

3

BRAND Capacity µl 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 2.5 to 10.10 20 5 to 25.25 10 to 50.50 20 to 100, 100 / 200 100 to 500 200 to 1000 1000 to 5000 2000 to 10000

4

5

Material

PK

glass glass glass glass glass glass PP PP PP PP

100 100 100 100 100 50 10 10 10 10

Cat. No. 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

800 801 802 803 805 810 741 742 743 745

4 5 Seals for pipettor Transferpettor BRAND Capacity µl 5 to 25.20 10 to 50.50 20 to 100; 100 / 200 100 to 500 200 to 1000 1000 to 5000 2000 to 10000

6

Material

PK

PTFE PTFE PTFE PE PE PE PE

3 3 3 10 10 10 10

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

901 903 905 751 752 753 755

6 Pipettors, Transferpettor, accessories Transferpettor stations. For storage of 4 instruments up to 200 µl with accessories or 2 instruments from 0.5 to 10 ml with accessories. Type For 2 instruments with accessories For 4 instruments with accessories

844

Cat. No.

E & OE.

BRAND

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.280 581 9.280 850


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Transferpette® -8/-12, multichannel pipette

1

The Transferpette® -8/-12 is designed with ease of use in mind. The contoured handle and accessible controls work naturally in your hand. The light-weight yet durable construction and low operating force minimize strain and fatigue.

BRAND

Special features of the Transferpette® -8/-12 are: - Significantly reduced tip-ejection forces due to resilient FKM V-rings and a stepped tip ejector. - Easy to maintain, with individual shafts and seals that can be removed and replaced for cleaning or repair in the lab, without special tools and without affecting calibration. - Universal tip cone - fits all conventional pipette tips. - Corrosion-resistant pistons - Easy Calibration Technique: Calibration and adjustments without tools. - The pipette manifold is autoclavable at 121°C and freely rotated over 360° to adapt to your most comfortable pipetting position. - Separate ejector function reduces inadvertent ejector risk. - CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.

1136

Items supplied: Each Transferpette® -8/-12 is conformity certified and supplied with performance certificate, 1 TipBox, filled with Plastibrand® pipette tips, 1 Tip-Rack for refilling, 1 stand, 1 reagent-reservoir, 1 spare set of sealing rings made of FKM.

2 Multichannel pipettors Transferpette®-8

2 BRAND

Capacity

µl 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 30 to 300

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.6 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6

1.0 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3

Grad.

µl 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.0 1.0

Tip

PK

µl nano-cap / 20 nano-cap / 20 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 300

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

500 502 501 503 505 507 508

3 Multichannel pipettors Transferpette®-12

3 BRAND

Capacity

µl 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 30 to 300

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.6 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6

1.0 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3

Grad.

µl 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.0 1.0

Tip

PK

µl nano-cap / 20 nano-cap / 20 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 200 / 300 300

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

510 512 511 513 515 517 518

.

852

E & OE.

845


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Multichannel microliter pipette Transferpette®S -8/-12

1

The new Transferpette® S -8/-12 multichannel pipettes are the perfect manual pipettes BRAND for the most demanding applications in the lab. They provide all of the features required by users working in the life sciences field. A particular advantage of the new multichannel pipette is the easy operation, e.g. when performing serial pipetting of immunological assays, while serial dilutions or when filling the 96well plates for cell cultures. The use of new innovative materials results in a pipette that is light, precise, rugged and reliable. Transferpette® S -8/-12 pipettes are each available in 5 different models and cover the volume range from 0.5 µl to 300 µl. Highlights at a glance: - Central pipetting button and big separate tip ejector for reducing tip ejection forces. - Short pipetting stroke; reduces the risk of RSI and enhances comfort for operators with smaller hands. - Curved finger rest supports pipette for relaxed pipetting. - Real one-handed operation; volume change and volume change protection. - 4-digit volume display for precise volumes; always remains visible during pipetting. - Completely autoclavable at 121°C (20 min) without disassembly. - Corrosion-resistant piston. - Easy Calibration Technique: calibration and adjustments are done within seconds; adjustment from factory settings is clearly visible from the outside. - Replaceable nose cones and seals to simplify service for long instrument life. - Compatible with most common tips. - With colour-code for easy selection of the right tip. - CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.

852

2

Items supplied: Transferpette® S -8/-12, conformity certified, performance certificate, 1 Tip-Box N filled with Plastibrand® tips, 1 TipRack refill unit, 1 shelf/rack mount, 1 reagent-reservoir, 1 set of sealing rings made of FKM and silicon oil.

2 Multichannel pipettors Transferpette® S-8 BRAND Capacity

µl 0.5 to 10 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 30 to 300

3

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.6 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6

1.0 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3

Grad.

µl 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2

Tip

PK

µl 20 / nano-cap™ 200 200 / 300 200 / 300 300

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

030 031 032 033 034

3 Multichannel pipettors Transferpette® S-12 BRAND Capacity

µl 0.5 to 10 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 30 to 300

846

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.6 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6

1.0 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3

Grad.

µl 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2

E & OE.

Tip

PK

µl 20 / nano-cap™ 200 200 / 300 200 / 300 300

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

035 036 037 038 039


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Transferpette® electronic, electronic single and multichannel pipettors

1

The Transferpette electronic design ensures significantly easier operation and is the first microlitre pipette worldwide to be awarded the "Ergonomics Approved" certificate from the TUV Rhineland!

BRAND

®

The optimal design, the arrangement of the operating keys and the adjustable finger rest allow the motorized Transferpette® electronic to be tailored to the shape of your hand. The innovative, two-component, nose cone of the 20 to 200µl and 100 to 1000µl, single-channel pipette sizes and the special V-rings of the multichannel pipette significantly reduce the tip-mounting and ejection forces to a minimum and allow perfect fit of virtually all commercially available tips. -

motor-driven, to reduce the risk of RSI and imprecision/inaccuracy caused by operator variability five operating modes: Pipetting mode, Reverse pipetting, Mixing, Dispensing, Gel-electrophoresis modes Easy Calibration function for rapid adjustment of the unit without tools extremely fast pipetting speed simple, in-lab maintenance completely autoclavable pipette shafts and multichannel manifolds NiMH rechargeable battery pack and battery regeneration-mode CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC

Every single-channel Transferpette® electronic is supplied with its own power supply unit. As an alternative the accessory three-pipette stand can charge up to three instruments at the same time. With the charging stand, individual chargers are not needed. Multichannel Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic pipettes are additionally supplied with a stand, one reagent reservoir, one Tip-Box SL and one Tip-Rack.

2

2 Pipettors, Transferpette® electronic Items supplied: Transferpette® electronic, conformity certified, with performance BRAND certificate, battery, 230V 50Hz power supply adapter (with continental European plug, alternative versions available on request), 2 extra ejector clips to adapt to non-standard tips (for Transferpette® electronic 20 to 200µl, 100 to 1000µl), silicone oil. Capacity

µl 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 20 to 200 100 to 1000 500 to 5000 0.5 to 10* 2 to 20* 20 to 200* 100 to 1000* 500 to 5000*

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.6

0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2

Grad.

µl 0.01 0.02 0.2 1.0 5.0 0.01 0.02 0.2 1.0 5.0

Tip

PK

µl nano-cap / 20 nano-cap / 20 200 / 300 1000 / 1250 5000 nano-cap / 20 nano-cap / 20 200 / 300 1000 / 1250 5000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

113 100 101 102 114 115 103 104 105 116

3

* without a.c. adapter, please order with 3-device charging stand 9.280 106

3 Stands only for Transferpette® electronic single channel pipettors BRAND Type 3-pipettor charging stand with a.c. adapter (230V 50Hz, continental European plug) Single stand, for pipettors up to 1000 µl Single stand, for 500 to 5000 µl pipettors

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.280 106 9.280 129 9.280 130

847


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

1 Multichannel pipettors Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic Items supplied: Transferpette® -8/-12 electronic, conformity certified, with performance certificate, battery, power supply adapter*, stand, Tip-Box SL, refill units, reagent-reservoir, silicone oil. Description

Capacity

Grad.

8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 12-channel 12-channel 12-channel 12-channel 12-channel

µl 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 10 to 100 10 to 200 30 to 300 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 10 to 100 10 to 200 30 to 300

µl 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.5

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.6 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.6

0.8 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.8 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25

200 / 200 /

200 / 200 /

BRAND

Tip

PK

µl 20 20 300 300 300 20 20 300 300 300

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

117 107 108 118 109 119 110 111 128 112

* 230V 50Hz with continental European plug, alternative versions are available on request.

852

848

1136

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Acura® 825/835 manual - digital reading micropipettors

1

The latest Acura® manual pipette line was built with the same attention that made the Socorex brand famous over several instrument generations. Introducing a smooth, modern design with easy volume reading, it also features a number of innovations enabling safe and easy, high performance pipetting. The Acura® line features - Digital display window for permanent volume visibility - Exceptionally user-friendly ergonomics - Light weight - Ultra-smooth, effortless activation - Innovative tip ejection concept - Swift-set user calibration system - Totally autoclavable at 121°C

Capacity

µl 0.1 to 2 0.5 to 10 1 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 100 to 1000 200 to 2000 500 to 5000 1000 to 10000

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (min. vol.)

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (min. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

6.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1,5 1.5 1.5

2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.5 0,5 0.6 0.5

5.0 1.8 2.5 1.7 1.0 1.0 0.6 0.5 0,5 0.6 0.5

1.5 0.5 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0,2 0.4 0.2

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 6.230 9.411 9.411

590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 186 598 599

3

3 Micropipettes Acura® manual Triopack

TM

Set with 3 adjustable pipettors. Type Acura Acura Acura Acura Acura Acura Acura Acura Acura

825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825

Triopack.C Triopack.J Triopack.M Triopack.O Triopack.P Triopack.S Triopack.T Triopack.V Triopack.Y

Socorex

Capacity µl 2, 10, 50 2, 20, 200 10Y, 50, 200 10, 100, 1000 10Y, 100, 1000 20, 200, 1000 50, 200, 1000 0.1, 1.5 1, 5, 10

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

620 621 622 628 623 624 625 626 627

852

E & OE.

849


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Micropipettors Acura® manual 855

1

-

8- and 12-channel models up to 350µl light weight and perfect hand fitting easy to handle precision digital display visible at all time 360° rotation of volumetric module adjustable tip ejector fitting most tips integrated user calibration system CE certified conform to IVD 98/79 EEC autoclavable at 121°C/250°F three-year warranty

Socorex

Description

Capacity

Grad.

PK

8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 12-channel 12-channel 12-channel 12-channel

µl 0.5 to 10 5 to 50 20 to 200 40 to 350 0.5 to 10 5 to 50 20 to 200 40 to 350

µl 0.01 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.01 0.10 0.20 4.00

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637

Pipettors, air displacement, variable macro volume, Acura® 835, accessories

852

Socorex Description

PK

Protection filter for 10ml model Glass Pasteur pipette 5ml natural macro tips Nozzle filter for modell 2 and 5ml Macrotip, natural, 5ml, bag

-

µl 0.2 to 2 1 to 10 1 to 10 2 to 20 10 to 100 20 to 200 100 to 1000 200 to 2000 1000 to 10000

seven micropipettes: 0.2 to 100µl two macropipettes: 0.2 to 10ml instant, volume adjustment unsurpassed performance and calibration stability shock, heat, chemicals and UV light resistance reliable user calibration macro models accommodate interchangeable nozzle filters CE certified conform to IVD 98/79 EEC autoclavable at 121°C/250°F three-year warranty

Grad. Accuracy ≤ ± A% (min. vol.) µl 0.1 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 0.01 0.1

6.0* 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (min. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5

5.0* 2.0 2.5 1.7 1.0 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.3

1.5 0.5 0.7 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.15

*at 0.5µl

850

9.411 9.411 9.411 6.205 6.224

484 483 449 906 893

2 Pipettors, air displacement, variable volume, Calibra® 822

2

Capacity

100 250 500 250 100

Cat. No.

E & OE.

Socorex

Tip

PK

µl 10 10 200 200 200 200 1000 2000 10000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Microlitre Pipettors 1 Pipettors, air displacement, variable macro volume, Calibra® 832, accessories

1 Socorex

Description

PK

Protection filter for 2 ml model Glass Pasteur pipette for 2 ml model Protection filter for 10 ml model 2 ml natural macrotip 10 ml natural macrotip Autoclaving box for 24 x 10 ml macrotips

250 250 100 500 300 4

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

482 483 484 501 502 503

2 Pipettors, air displacement, variable volume, multi-channel, Calibra® 852 -

2

8- and 12-channel models up to 200µL instant, volume adjustment unsurpassed performance and calibration stability shock, heat, chemicals and UV light resistance reliable user calibration 360° rotation of volumetric module easy, sequential, tip ejection CE certified conform to IVD 98/79 EEC autoclavable at 121°C/250° three-year warranty

Capacity

µl 1 to 10 10 to 100 20 to 200 10 to 100 20 to 200

Grad. Inputs

µl 0.05 0.5 1 0.5 1

8 8 8 12 12

Socorex

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (min. vol.)

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (min. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

<±5.0 <±1.0 <±0.9 <±1.0 <±0.9

<±2.0 <±0.7 <±0.7 <±0.7 <±0.7

<5.0 <1.0 <0.6 <1.0 <0.6

<1.5 <0.4 <0.3 <0.4 <0.3

% % % % %

% % % % %

% % % % %

PK

% % % % %

1 1 1 1 1

3 Pipette stand for Calibra® and Acura® models

9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

485 486 487 488 489

3

Innovative design fits all Calibra® and Acura® models. Easy reach of each instrument. Heavy base plate and anti-slip pads guarantee high stability. Polyamide construction.

Description Pipette stand 340 for 3 pipettes

Socorex

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.411 505

4 Universal pipette stand 337 -

Cat. No.

4

Holds up to 7 single-channel pipettes of most brands Available in 5 attractive colours Space-saving table-mounted models Polyacrylamide (PA) material is easy to clean

Socorex

Colour

PK

light grey pink ice blue mint green vanilla yellow

1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

491 504 492 493 494

851


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 Pipettor rack, carousel

1

- Space saving pipettor rack to hold up to six pipettors - Carousel pipette stand - Can accommodate a wide range of pipettors using accessory pipettor adapters Type

eppendorf

PK

Carousel stand for 6 pipettors Pipette holder for attachment to the wall Multipette adapter for pipette carousel Multipette adapter for wall mounting

1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

581 580 656 657

2 Reagent Reservoirs

2

PS, white, 25ml graduation marks, and tabs to prevent stacked reservoirs from sticking together. For multichannel pipettes. The bottom of each reservoir tapers down into a narrow trough, to help you get the last drop of liquid. Capacity ml 55 100 50

Heathrow Scientific

PK

Cat. No.

100 100 25

9.409 663 9.409 664 9.409 665

3 Multichannel pipette reservoir

3

PP. Translucent. Maximum filling volume 60 ml. Suitable for multichannel pipettes with 8 or 12 channels. Autoclavable (121°C). Description non-sterile, with lid sterile, without lid (single packed) sterile, without lid (in bags with 5 pieces)

BRAND PK

Cat. No.

10 100 200

9.280 131 9.280 132 9.280 133

4 Pipette tips for digital Microlitre pipettors, LLG

4

Certified free of DNase, RNase, suitable for microbiology. Guaranteed metal-free. CE-certified for In-Vitro-Diagnostics acc. to 98/79/EG. Sterility acc. EN 552/ISO 11137 and DIN EN 556.

5 Only the tips counts

5

Pipette tips in bulk, in bags - made of high quality polypropylene - fit securely on pipettor cones - optimum use due to straight profile - special ionization process guarantees dust free tip production - excellent transparency due to optimum surface quality - minimum fluid retention due to controlled raw material quality - excellent volumetric accuracy due to precisely moulded tip orifice - standard, popular tip volumes - non-sterile - autoclavable

Capacity Âľl 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 10 1 to 200 1 to 200 100 to 1000 100 to 1000 100 to 5000 1000 to 10000

852

Colour

Type

Clear Clear Yellow Yellow Blue Blue Clear Clear

1 bag of 1000 10 racks of 96 1 bag of 1000 10 racks of 96 1 bag of 1000 10 racks of 96 1 bag of 250 1 bag of 1000

PK 1000 960 1000 960 1000 1000 250 100

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

099 045 046 047 048 049 097 098


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 Low-Retention Pipette tips for digital Microlitre pipettors, LLG

Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 10 1 to 200 1 to 200 100 to 1000 100 to 1000

Colour

Type

Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear

1 bag of 1000 10 racks of 96 1 bag of 1000 10 racks of 96 1 bag of 1000 10 racks of 96

1

PK 1000 960 1000 960 1000 960

2 Low retention filter tips for digital Microlitre pipettors, LLG

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

038 039 041 042 043 044

2

Sterile. Filter pore size (effective) 4 to 6µm. Capacity µl 0.1 to 100 1 to 20 1 to 100 1 to 200 100 to 1000

Colour

Type

Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear

10 10 10 10 10

PK

racks racks racks racks racks

of of of of of

96 96 96 96 96

960 960 960 960 960

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

033 034 035 036 037

3 Pipette tips, bulk packed

3

Precise design and manufacture ensures highest quality tips. - Moulded in high quality polypropylene - Firm fit on pipettor cones - Optimum handling due to straight shape - Special ionization process guarantees dust free tip production - Excellent transparency due to optimum surface quality - Minimum fluid retention due to controlled raw material quality - Excellent volumetric accuracy due to precisely moulded tip orifices - Most practical tip volumes - Non-sterile - Autoclavable

Ratiolab

Type A fits pipettors ratiolab® Masterpette G, Biohit® Proline, Biohit® m-Line, Brand® Transferpette®, CappAero, Eppendorf® Research®, Eppendorf® Reference®, Finnpipette® Digital, Finnpipette® Focus, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate®, Socorex® Acura and Socorex® Calibra Type B fits pipettors ratiolab® Masterpette G, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate®, Socorex® Acura und Socorex® Calibra Type C fits pipettors ratiolab® Masterpette G, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate®

Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.5 to 10 1 to 200 1 to 250 200 to 1000

Colour

Type

Crystal Crystal Yellow Yellow Blue

1 1 1 1 1

bag bag bag bag bag

Fits of of of of of

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Type Type Type Type Type

PK C A A B A

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

130 129 138 128 139

4 Pipette tips

4

To fit Finnpipettes and Labpipettes. Conformity-certified. 1000 to 5000 µl. Type

PK

Cat. No.

Pipette tips

75

9.409 140

E & OE.

853


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 2 3 4 5 Pipette tips with Aerosol Barrier Filter Pipette tips with special filters, to effectively prevent the the pipettor shaft from Ratiolab contamination with aerosols and liquids to be drawn into the pipettor. - certified RNase- and DNase-free - pipette tips and aerosol filters made of ultra-hydrophobic HDPE - minimized retention due to special surface treatment - sterile - perfect and close fit on all major pipettor brands - aeroject® 10µl xl has extended length for operation with narrow vessels and reduced risk of cross-contamination - packed in plastic racks with hinge lids

1 2 3

Fits pipettors: ratiolab® Masterpette G, Biohit® Proline, Biohit® m-Line, Brand® Transferpette®, CappAero, Eppendorf® Research®, Eppendorf® Reference®, Finnpipette® Digital, Finnpipette® Focus, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate® and Socorex® Calibra

4 5

Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 1 to 20 1 to 100 1 to 200 100 to 1000

Type 10 10 10 10 10

racks racks racks racks racks

PK of of of of of

96 96 96 96 96

960 960 960 960 960

852 833

854

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

145 146 147 148 149


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 2 Multi rack with pipette tips

1

- the new ratiolab® Multiracks provide even more time saving, perfect hygienic Ratiolab conditions and simple operation - the pipette tips are placed on a robust matrix, in a 8 x 12 format for all tips up to 300 ìl, and in a 6 x 10 format for tip size 200 to 1000 ìl - the tips can be picked-up by 1, 8 or 12 channel pipettors as well as by pipetting robots contamination-free and without any hand contact - the Multiracks are durable and steady, and the hinged cover can be opened up to 180° - after work the Multibox can firmly be closed by a click-closure to protect the tips from dust - the Multiracks are completely autoclavable at 121°C, 20 min. - Multiracks are available in sterile and non-sterile packs

2

Type A fits pipettors ratiolab® Masterpette G, Biohit® Proline, Biohit® m-Line, Brand® Transferpette®, CappAero, Eppendorf® Research®, Eppendorf® Reference®, Finnpipette® Digital, Finnpipette® Focus, Gilson®Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate®, Socorex® Acura and Socorex® Calibra Type B fits pipettors ratiolab® Masterpette G, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate®, Socorex® Acura und Socorex® Calibra Type C fits pipettors ratiolab® Masterpette G, Gilson® Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate®

Capacity µl 0.5 to 10 0.5 to 10 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 10 1 to 200 1 to 200 1 to 200 1 to 200 1 to 200 1 to 200 1 to 200 1 to 200 1 to 300 1 to 300 200 to 1000 200 to 1000 200 to 1000 200 to 1000

Colour

Type

Crystal Crystal Crystal Crystal Yellow Yellow Transparent Transparent Yellow Yellow Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Blue Blue Transparent Transparent

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

racks of 96 sterile racks racks of 96 sterile racks racks of 96 sterile racks racks of 96 sterile racks racks of 96 sterile racks racks of 96 sterile racks racks of 96 sterile racks racks of 60 sterile racks racks of 60 sterile racks

Fits

of 96 of 96 of 96 of 96 of 96 of 96 of 96 of 60 of 60

Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type

PK A A B B A A A A C C C C A A A A A A

960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 600 600 600 600

3 Multi rack with pipette tips

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

142 143 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189

3

- the new ratiolab® Multiracks provide even more time saving, perfect hygienic Ratiolab conditions and simple operation - the pipette tips are placed on a robust matrix, in a 8 x 12 format for all tips up to 300 ìl, and in a 6 x 10 format for tip size 100 to 1000 ìl - the tips can be picked-up by 1, 8 or 12 channel pipettors as well as by pipetting robots contamination-free and without any hand contact - the Multiracks are durable and steady, and the hinged cover can be opened up to 180° - after work the Multibox can firmly be closed by a click-closure to protect the tips from dust - the Multiracks are completely autoclavable at 121°C, 20 min. - Multiracks are available in sterile and non-sterile packs Capacity µl 0.5 to 10 1 to 200 100 to 1000

Colour

Type

Crystal Yellow Blue

10 racks of 96 10 racks of 96 10 racks of 60

PK

Cat. No.

960 960 600

9.409 142 9.409 176 9.409 186

Ffits pipettors ratiolab® Masterpette G, Biohit® Proline, Biohit® m-Line, Brand® Transferpette®, CappAero, Eppendorf® Research®, Eppendorf® Reference®, Finnpipette® Digital and Focus, Gilson®Pipetman®, Gilson® Ultra, Labmate®, Socorex® Acura and Calibra

E & OE.

855


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1

1 Pipette tips and filter tips, racked Plastibrand® pipette and filter tips are manufactured and racked with minimum human contact, under cleanroom conditions. This is how we ensure uniformly high tip quality.

BRAND

Special features: - high-purity polypropylene material - manufactured without lubricants - Cadmium-free pigments - autoclavable at 121°C (20 min.) - environmentally friendly packaging systems - CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. - Plastibrand®pipette tips are tested for use with Brand and the majority of models from Gilson®, Thermo Electron (Finnpipette®), Eppendorf® and Biohit. The 5ml tip is tested for Brand and Finnpipette®only. The 10ml tip is suitable for Brand, Eppendorf® and Gilson®. Bio-Cert® pipette- and filter tips: These pipette tips are produced under state-of-the-art cleanroom conditions and automatically racked without human contact. Sterilization is carried out using ss radiation and complies with ISO 11137 and the AAMI guidelines. A SAL of 10-6 is obtained. The sterility correspronds to the requirements of the Ph. Eur. And USP 29. Endotoxin concentration is below 0.01 E.U./ml. Bio-Cert® products are free from DNA, RNase and ATP. Quality control is conducted at an independent, accredited test laboratory. A batch-related certificate will be provided. Filter tips: Filter tips are especially suited for working with PCR techniques, and fully meet the requirements for microbiology and radioisotope work. The integrated hydrophobic polyethylene filter (free from chemical additives) serves as a barrier against aerosols formed during pipetting. Filter tips protect the pipette shafts from contamination, and thus lessen the risk of cross-contamination and faulty measuring results. Plastibrand® filter tips are produced from colourless granules under the most stringent clean room conditions and are automatically racked.

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

856

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 Pipette tips in bulk, in bags, non-sterile

1

Plastibrand®. PP. Non-sterile. These pipette tips are produced under the latest, state-of-the-art, cleanroom conditions and automatically shrink-wrapped into bags, then packed in cardboard boxes, without contact with humans. Capacity

Colour

Bags

µl 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 2 to 200 5 to 300 5 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1000 50 to 1250 50 to 1250 0.5 to 5 ml 0.5 to 5 ml 1 to 10 ml 1 to 10 ml

natural natural natural yellow yellow natural natural blue blue natural natural natural natural natural natural

per pack 2 (of 1000) 2 (of 1000) 10 (of 1000) 1 (of 1000) 10 (of 1000) 10 (of 1000) 1 (of 1000) 2 (of 500) 10 (of 500) 2 (of 500) 8 (of 500) 1 (of 200) 5 (of 200) 2 (of 100) 10 (of 100)

BRAND

PK

2000 2000 10000 1000 10000 10000 1000 1000 5000 1000 4000 200 1000 200 1000

Cat. No.

9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

200 208 209 206 195 197 196 207 198 193 194 223 199 191 192

2 epT.I.P.S. Standard

2

- original Eppendorf, high quality, pipette tips at an attractive price. - packed in multi sealable bag - tips available in various sizes from 10 µl up to 10 ml Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 20 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250 500 to 2500 100 to 5000 1000 to 10000 1000 to 10000

Length mm 34 40 46 53 55 71 76 115 120 165 243

eppendorf

Colour

PK 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500 200 200

anthracite grey light grey yellow orange blue green red purple turquoise turquoise

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 403 404

3 Pipette tips racked, non-sterile

3

Plastibrand®. PP. Tip-Rack. Refill pack for Tip-Box SL*, Tip-Box and Tip-Box N. Number of tips in pack: 960. Two, ready-assembled refills are packed in a space-saving carton. Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 5 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1000* 50 to 1250*

Type 10 10 10 10 16 10 10

racks racks racks racks racks racks racks

BRAND

PK of of of of of of of

96 96 96 96 60 100 100

960 960 960 960 960 1000 1000

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

230 222 215 231 218 226 227

* not suitable for Tip-Box SL

4 Filter tips racked, non-sterile

4

Plastibrand®. PP. Tip-Rack. Refill pack for Tip-Box SL*, Tip-Box and Tip-Box N. Two, ready-assembled refills are packed in a space-saving carton. Capacity µl 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 100 5 to 200 50 to 1000*

Type 10 10 10 10 10

racks racks racks racks racks

BRAND

PK of of of of of

96 96 96 96 100

960 960 960 960 1000

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

607 608 609 610 611

* not suitable for Tip-Box SL

E & OE.

857


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1

1 Pipette tips, Tip-Set, non-sterile Plastibrand®. PP. The system consists of a filled Tip-Box and two refill units (Tip-Rack). The Tip-Box is refillable with the refill units (Tip-Rack) and repeatedly autoclavable (121°C). Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 5 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250

2

Type 4 4 4 4 4 4

racks racks racks racks racks racks

BRAND

PK of of of of of of

96 + 1 box of 96 96 + 1 box of 96 96 + 1 box of 96 96 + 1 box of 96 100 + 1 box of 100 100 + 1 box of 100

480 480 480 480 500 500

9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

220 221 214 224 225 219

2 Pipette tips, Tip-Box N, non-sterile Plastibrand®. PP-box with push-on lid. Available in 2 different heights: low form for 96 tips up to 300 µl, high form for 100 tips of 1000 µl or 1250 µl. Stackable and repeatedly autoclavable (121°C). Refillable with Tip-Rack (non-sterile) or Tip-Rack S (sterile).

Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 5 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250

3

Cat. No.

Type 5 5 5 5 5 5

boxes boxes boxes boxes boxes boxes

BRAND

PK of of of of of of

96 96 96 96 100 100

480 480 480 480 500 500

Cat. No. 9.408 9.408 9.408 9.408 9.408 9.408

900 901 902 903 907 908

3 Tip-Box SL, non-sterile Plastibrand®. BRAND The tip-Box SL features an innovative sliding lid design making it ideal for multichannel pipettes and one-handed use. The new sliding/swing lid opens in two ways for convenient 8- or 12-channel use while protecting unused tips, thereby reducing the risk of contamination. The rugged box (PC) is designed for long life, can be repeatedly autoclaved (121°C, 20 min.), and has rubber feet to prevent slipping. Refillable with racked tips, either non-sterile (Tip-Rack) or sterile (Tip-Rack S). Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 5 to 300 50 to 1000

4

Type 1 1 1 1 1 1

PK

box of 96 tips box of 96 tips box of 96 tips box of 96 tips box of 60 tips box, empty

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280

120 121 122 123 124 125

4 Tip-Box 5 ml or 10 ml, filled, non-sterile Plastibrand®. PP. Specifically developed for Plastibrand® 5ml or 10 ml tips. Autoclavable (121°C, for 20 mins.). The lid must be loosened during autoclaving.

5

Cat. No.

Capacity

Container

µl 500 to 5000 1000 to 10000

Box of 28 Box of 18

BRAND

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.408 905 9.408 909

5 Pipette tips Tip-Stack™, non-sterile

BRAND

Plastibrand®. PP. Space-saving, environmentally-friendly refill system, consisting of 10 stacked, yellow tip carriers with 96 x 2 to 200 µl tips on each (a total of 960 tips, incl. one Tip-Box N). For refilling the Tip-Box SL, Tip-Box and Tip-Box N.

858

Capacity

Container

µl 2 to 200

10 racks of 96

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

960

9.408 906


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 Pipette tips, Tip-Rack S sterile Bio-Cert®

1

Plastibrand®. PP. Sterile Bio-Cert® refill units, protected in an environmentally compatible packaging of recyclable PET. Suitable for autoclaved Tip-Box, Tip-Box N or Tip-Box SL*. (Sterile refill units including a Tip-Box are called Tip-Set S). Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 5 to 300

Type 10 10 10 10

BRAND

PK

racks racks racks racks

of of of of

96 96 96 96

960 960 960 960

Cat. No. 9.408 9.408 9.408 9.408

920 921 922 923

2 Filter tips racked Tip-Rack S Bio-Cert®

2

Plastibrand®. PP. Sterile Bio-Cert® refill units, protected in an environmentally compatible packaging of recyclable PET. Suitable for the autoclaved Tip-Box, Tip-Box N or Tip-Box SL. (Sterile refill units including a Tip-Box are called Tip-Set S). Capacity µl 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 100 5 to 200

Type 10 10 10 10

BRAND

PK

racks racks racks racks

of of of of

96 96 96 96

960 960 960 960 960

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

615 616 602 618 638

3 Pipette tips racked Tip-Set S Bio-Cert®

3

Plastibrand®. PP. A filled, sterile Tip-Box with sliding lid and four or seven Tip-Racks S, filled with Bio-Cert® quality tips. Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 5 to 300

Type 4 4 4 4

BRAND PK

racks racks racks racks

of of of of

96 96 96 96

+ + + +

1 1 1 1

Box Box Box Box

of of of of

96 96 96 96

480 480 480 480

Cat. No. 9.408 9.408 9.408 9.408

910 911 912 913

4 epT.I.P.S. Set

4

- Starter kit, consisting of one epT.I.P.S box filled with tips and 4 reload trays Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 20 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250 500 to 2500

Length mm 34 40 46 53 55 71 76 115

Colour

eppendorf PK

anthracite grey light grey yellow orange blue green red

480 480 480 480 480 480 480 240

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487

5 Filter tips racked Tip-Set S Bio-Cert®

5

Plastibrand®. PP. A filled, sterile Tip-Box with sliding lid and four or seven Tip-Racks S, filled with Bio-Cert® quality tips. Suitable for the autoclaved Tip-Box or Tip-Box N. Capacity µl 0.1 to 1 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 100 5 to 200

Type 4 4 4 4 4

racks racks racks racks racks

BRAND

PK of of of of of

96 96 96 96 96

+ + + + +

1 1 1 1 1

Box Box Box Box Box

of of of of of

96 96 96 96 96

480 480 480 480 480

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

619 612 613 601 614

6 Pipette Tip-Box N Bio-Cert®, sterile

6

Polypropylene box with push-on lid. Available in 2 different heights. Low form for 96 tips up to 300 µl, high form for 100 tips of 1000/1250 µl. Stackable and repeatedly autoclavable at 121°C/250°F (for 20 min). Boxes individually packed in bags with perforation. Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 5 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250

Type 10 10 10 10 10 10

boxes boxes boxes boxes boxes boxes

BRAND

PK of of of of of of

96 96 96 96 100 100

960 960 960 960 1000 1000 E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.408 9.408 9.408 9.408 9.408 9.408

930 931 932 933 934 935

859


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1

1 Filter tip boxes, sterile, Bio-Cert® Plastibrand®. PP-box with push-on lid. Available in 2 different heights: low form for 96 tips up to 300 µl, high form for 100 tips of 1000 µl or 1250 µl. Stackable and repeatedly autoclavable (121°C). Refillable with Tip-Rack (non-sterile) or Tip-Rack S (sterile). Boxes individually packed in bag with perforation.

Capacity µl 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 100 5 to 200 50 to 1000 0,1 to 1

2

Type 10 10 10 10 10 10

BRAND

PK

boxes boxes boxes boxes boxes boxes

of of of of of of

96 96 96 96 100 96

960 960 960 960 1000 960

Type Plastibrand Tip-Box

640 641 642 643 644 639

BRAND

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.409 232

3 Filter pipette tips, non-sterile Plastibrand®. PP. Bulk-packed, non-sterile, conformity-certified. Capacity µl 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 100 5 to 200 50 to 1000

Type 1 1 1 1 1

bag bag bag bag bag

BRAND PK

of of of of of

960 960 960 960 1000

960 960 960 960 1000

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

860

9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

2 Tip-Box empty Plastibrand® .PC. With sliding lid. Box can be stacked crosswise and is autoclavable (121°C for 20 mins.). Suitable for use with Tip-Rack or Tip-rack S formats.

3

Cat. No.

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

603 604 600 605 606


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 Pipette tips, standard, Qualitips®

1

High quality, heavy metal free, virgin polypropylene. Autoclavable. Strict manufacturing Socorex controls and precision moulding guarantee a perfectly tight fit on the pipette cone. Supplied in packs as indicated; packs of 1000 are loose bagged, other pack sizes in racks of 816, 960, 600 or 480.

For

Description

Capacity µl 10 10 10 10 10 200

Length mm 31.0 31.0 42.3 42.3 70.9 49.4

Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Gilson® Socorex®, Eppendorf® Socorex®, Eppendorf®

Natural Natural Natural Natural Natural Natural

1000 960 1000 960 816 1000

Natural universal tip

200

49.4

960

9.282 106

Natural tip, extra

200

51.1

1000

9.282 107

Natural tip, extra

200

51.1

960

9.282 108

Natural tip for gel

200

69.0

816

9.282 109

Natural tip Natural tip Yellow tip Yellow tip Yellow tip Yellow tip Natural tip

200 200 200 200 200 200 350

69.0 49.7 49.7 49.7 49.0 49.0 58.8

1000 960 1000 960 1000 960 1000

Natural tip

350

58.8

960

9.282 117

Natural universal tip

1000

79.1

1000

9.282 118

Natural universal tip

1000

79.1

600

9.282 119

Natural tip Natural tip Blue tip Blue tip Blue tip Blue tip

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

72.0 72.0 72.0 72.0 69.5 69.5

1000 480 1000 480 1000 480

ultra microtip ultra microtip microtip microtip microtip for gel universal tip

PK

2 epT.I.P.S. Box

Length mm 34 40 46 53 55 71 76 115 120

Colour

PK

anthracite grey light grey yellow orange blue green red purple

96 96 96 96 96 96 96 48 24

Length mm 34 40 46 53 55 71 76 115

9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282

110 111 112 113 114 115 116

120 121 122 123 124 125

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478

3

Practical refilling system for epT.I.P.S box Trays supplied either double-sided or as stack packs, depending on tip size Contamination-free transfer to the trays into the work box Autoclavable trays are available Colour-coded trays for simple identification of the tips.

Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 20 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250 500 to 2500

9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282

100 101 102 103 104 105

eppendorf

3 epT.I.P.S. Reloads -

9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282 9.282

2

- Work box, filled with tips - autoclavable - contamination-free refilling system suitable for loading epT.I.P.S reloads Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 20 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250 500 to 2500 100 to 5000

Cat. No.

Colour

eppendorf

PK

anthracite grey light grey yellow orange blue green red

960 960 960 960 960 960 960 480 E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457

861


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 2 epT.I.P.S. Reloads

1

-

practical refilling system for epT.I.P.S. Box workbox with tips autoclavable PCR quality certified free from human DNA, DNase, RNase and PCR inhibitor

Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 20 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 20 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250 500 to 2500

2

Length mm 34 40 46 53 55 71 76 115

Colour

eppendorf

PK

anthracite grey light grey yellow orange blue green red

960 960 960 960 960 960 960 480

9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467

3 4 epT.I.P.S. Racks, Biopur

3

Highest biological purity Eppendorf Biopur pipette tips (sterile, pyrogen-, RNase-, DNA-, ATP-free) - batch controlled - batch specific certificate available on request - individually boxed racks, 5 Boxes per pack Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 2 to 200 20 to 300 50 to 1000 50 to 1250 500 to 2500 1000 to 10000

4

Length mm 40 53 55 71 76 115 165

Colour

eppendorf

PK

grey yellow orange blue green red turquoise

480 480 480 480 480 240 120

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

430 431 432 433 434 435 405

5 6 epT.I.P.S. Singles, Biopur

5

-

6

7

Cat. No.

Eppendorf Biopur Individually blister-packed tips Batch number and the date of expiry indicated on each blister pack Batch specific certificate on request Biopur quality: sterile, Pyrogen, RNAse-, DNA and ATP free

Capacity µl 0.1 to 20 2 to 200 50 to 1000

Length mm 40 53 71

eppendorf

Colour

PK

Cat. No.

grey yellow blue

100 100 100

9.409 420 9.409 421 9.409 422

7 Pipette tips, blackKnights Conductive pipette tips. Ritter GmbH The constant trend towards robotic pipetting systems has increased the requirements for high-quality consumables. With Ritter blackKnights even the smallest volumes can be precisely handled without any contamination risk. Their electrical conductivity allows the system to recognize the filling level and guarantees the minimal immersion of the tip into the liquid. -

electrically conductive polypropylene available in ready-to-use rack of 96 pipette tips or loose in bags total tip capacity available: 300µl or 1100µl dimensional and fitting accuracy of the racked pipette tips guarantees safe robotic pipetting into the centre of the cavity with no risk of interference with the walls

Type

96 tips in rack 96 tips in bag 96 tips in rack 96 tips in bag 96 tips in rack 96 tips in bag 96 tips in rack 96 tips in bag 140 tips in rack 140 tips in bag

862

Capacity compatible with µl 300 Quiagen 300 Quiagen 1100 Quiagen 1100 Quiagen 200 Tecan 200 Tecan 1000 Tecan 1000 Tecan 1000 Olympus 1000 Olympus E & OE.

PK

960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 1400 1400

Cat. No.

9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips 1 2 epT.I.P.S. Dualfilter tips

1

- Pipette tips boxed in racks with integral, twin-layer ep Dualfilter made from eppendorf hydrophobic polyethylene without additives. One layer protects the user against aerosols, the other against airborne microbes - All tips are sterile and PCR clean (free from human DNA, DNase, RNase, PCR Inhibitors) - batch specific certificate available on request - The filter doesn´t retain liquid when accidentally wetted during aspiration - the whole sample can be recovered easily. - Boxes individually wrapped, in cases of 10 boxes

Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.1 to 10 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 2 to 100 2 to 200 20 to 300 50 to 1000 100 to 5000 1000 to 10000

Length mm 34 40 46 53 55 59 55 76 120 243

Colour

PK

anthracite anthracite light grey yellow yellow yellow orange blue purple blue

960 960 960 960 960 960 960 960 120 100

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

440 441 442 443 444 448 445 446 447 406

3 4 Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. LoRetention

3

Ideally suited for all applications with samples that contain detergents: -

2

eppendorf

PCR and real-time PCR preparation of enzyme solutions and master mixes Isolation, purification and denaturation of proteins Restriction digestions and ligations Pipetting DNA ladders during gel electrophoresis

Features: - Ultrahomogeneous surface for maximum reproducibility - Ultrahydrophobic surface for minimum loss of sample - Air bubbles and foaming are signifcantly reduced during pipetting - Autoclavable, high chemical resistance 5 years shelf live

4

Simple differentiation of racks and reloads through a new, clear lid with a white seal. When open, the text LoRetention can be seen from the inside. The reusable seal makes it also possible to label existing epT.I.P.S. boxes.

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. LoRetention, Reloads 10 x 96 tips. Type 0.1 to 10 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 50 to 1000

eppendorf Length mm 34 46 59 76

PK 960 960 960 960

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

495 496 497 498

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. LoRetention Dual Filter, racks PCR clean, sterile, pyrogene free. 10 x 96 tips. Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.5 to 20 2 to 100 20 to 300 50 to 1000

eppendorf

Length mm 34 46 55 55 76

PK 960 960 960 960 960

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

425 426 427 428 429

Pipette tips epT.I.P.S. LoRetention, Reloads PCR clean PCR clean, sterile, pyrogen-free. 10 x 96 tips. Capacity µl 0.1 to 10 0.5 to 20 2 to 200 50 to 1000

eppendorf

Length mm 34 46 59 76

PK 960 960 960 960

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.409 9.409 9.409 9.409

490 491 492 493

863


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pipettes/Pipette tips-Dispensing/Hand dispensers 1

1 epT.I.P.S. special tips 9.409 004 are for easy sample loading onto electrophoresis gels. 9.409 005 are for reverse filling of micro-injection capillaries. Capacity µl 0.5 to 20 0.5 to 20

2

Length Type mm 62 Geloader 100 Microloader

PK

Cat. No.

192 192

9.409 004 9.409 005

2 Pipettors, positive displacement, stepper type, Multipette® plus -

Easy to read: Combitip identification with digital volume display Positive displacement principle is ideal for viscous or high vapour pressure liquids Up to 100 dispensings from one fill for easy processing of long series 112 different volumes, also "non-standard" volumes, such as 1 µl, 3 µl and 17 µl. Simple, variable volume setting from 1 µl to 10 ml Easy Combitip insertion without contact 2-year guarantee

Type Multipette® plus

3

eppendorf

eppendorf

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.283 603

3 4 Dispensers Multipette® stream and Multipette® Xstream Applications - dispensing volumes in long series - electronic dispensing with memory functions - contamination-free dispensing using positive displacement principle - ideal for viscous solutions (e.g. glycerol, oil) or liquids with high vapour pressure (e.g. acetone, ethanol)

eppendorf

Product features, Multipette® stream - dispensing and pipetting according to positive displacement principle - automatic dispensing - rapid, ergonomic dispensing with motorized piston - one-button tip ejector - Li-Ion battery - selection wheel - automatic Combitip® plus tip recognition - IVD conformity - volume range from 1µl to 50ml - charging possible whilst in use

4

Additional product features of Multipette® Xstream - aspirating (pipetting of supernatants) - titration - sequential dispensing

Type Multipette® stream incl. charger Multipette® Xstream incl. charger Charging stand Multipette® stream / Xstream

864

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.283 615 9.283 616 9.283 617


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Hand dispensers 1 Dispense tips, Combitips plus -

1

ideal system components for all Multipettes and Edos® dispensing system wide ranging capacity selection with 9 sizes of Combitip plus many volumes available per Combitip size accurate results through "positive displacement" operation fine Combitip tip cones for exact dispensing without additional pipette tips standard and Eppendorf Biopur® versions available

eppendorf

Supplied in packs of 100 Type

Minimum Interval (µl) 1 2 5 10 25 50 100 250 500

Combitips plus 0.1 ml Combitips plus 0.2 ml Combitips plus 0.5 ml Combitips plus 1.0 ml Combitips plus 2.5 ml Combitips plus 5.0 ml Combitips plus 10 ml Combitips plus 25 ml Combitips plus 50 ml 25 ml adapter standard, navy blue 50 ml adapter Eppendorf standard, anthracite Mixed pack standard (5 of each size plus 1 each of 50 ml and 25 ml adapters) Multipette plus adapter for carousel pipette stand Combilong (suction aids for aspirating from volumetric flasks or tall neck bottles: Combitip plus sizes 5, 25, 50 ml)

Maximum Interval (µl) 20 40 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

Cat. No. 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

Multipette adapter for the pipettor carousel

2 3 Pipette tips, Biopur Combitips

PK

605 606 607 608 609 610 611 613 612 619

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1

9.283 620

1

9.283 625

1

9.283 655

1

9.283 428

2

9.283 656

1

2

For RNase-, DNA-, ATP- and pyrogen-free work. - continuous quality control by independent laboratory - can be supplied with a batch-related quality certificate upon request

eppendorf

The Eppendorf Biopur seal stands for the highest biological purity. Eppendorf Biopur disposable products are guaranteed sterile, pyrogen-free, RNase-free, DNA-free and ATP-free. They therefore meet the highest requirements in the medical, pharmaceutical and food industries, in PCR technology, molecular biology and cell technology. This new dimension of purity is made possible because of a production process that is comprehensively automated through all of the manufacturing stages up to the end product and that excludes contamination with biological substances. Biopur Combitips, individually blister packed in outer cases of 100

Type

Minimum Interval (µl) 1 2 5 10 25 25 50 100 250 250 500

0.1ml 0.2ml 0.5ml 1ml 1.25ml 2.5ml 5ml 10ml 25ml 12.5ml 50ml 25ml adapter Biopur®f. Combitips®, individually blister-packed

Maximum Interval (µl) 20 40 100 200 125 500 1000 2000 5000 1250 10000

3

PK 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 7

7

50ml adapter Biopur®f. Combitips®, individually blister-packed

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

640 641 642 643 502 644 645 646 649 505 647 652

9.283 650

865


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Hand dispensers 1

1 Pipette tips, Combitip® plus Rack - Box with slide cover and tray insert for storage of up to 10 x 0.1 ml to 10 ml Combitips (plus) - Can also be used as stand for Multipette plus - One-handed tip attachment - Removable sliding cover - Non-slip base - Rack autoclavable Type Combitip® plus Rack

2

eppendorf

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.283 660

2 Pipettors, positive displacement, stepper type, HandyStep® New, ergonomic hand dispenser for quick and simple repetitive dispensing of liquids. With just one filling you can, according to the size of the PD tip used, pipette volumes between 2 µl and 5 ml in up to 49 intervals.

BRAND

- Ergonomic design - Suitable for Plastibrand® PD tips, Combitips®, Combitips® plus and other compatible tips - One handed operation - All functions can be carried out with just three controls. - CE marked according to IVD 98/79 EG Supplied with wall support. Type HandyStep® Wall unit

3

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.280 926 9.280 927

3 Pipettors, positive displacement, stepper type, HandyStep® electronic Microprocessor-controlled hand dispenser for fatigue-free, serial dispensing in a wide range of applications. Ergonomic shape permits comfortable use and provides uniform precision, independent of user influence.

BRAND

-

automatic size recognition of new Brand PD tips with piston coding can be used with most other commercial dispenser tips variable volume setting between 1µl and 50ml LCD readout of volume, number of dispensing steps and aspirating/dispensing speed functions: dispensing, auto dispensing, pipetting with continuously variable volume innovative recharging dock concept reduces downtimes user-friendly, intuitive menu system auto dispensing with learning feature (average speed of first three dispensings memorized, then used for subsequent procedures during session) - CE marked according to IVD 98/79 EG. - NiMH battery pack can be recharged when fitted or separately. - CE-marked according to IVD 98/79 EG.

Type HandyStep electronic, incl. NiMH battery pack, charging dock and 230V 50Hz power adapter with continental European plug*

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.284 040

*Other adapters (UK/Ireland, USA/Japan or Australia) are available on request.

4

4 Accessories for pipettors, positive displacement, stepper type, HandyStep® electronic BRAND Type European plug, 230 V 50 Hz power supply only* Charging dock only, without power supply NiMH battery pack, spare * Other power supplies on request.

866

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.284 041 9.284 042 9.284 043


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Hand dispensers Pipettors, positive displacement, stepper type, HandyStep® electronic BRAND Capacity

Capacity

ml 0.1 0.5 1.25 2.5 5.0 12.5 25.0 50.0

µl 1 to 100 5 to 500 12.5 to 1250 25 to 2500 50 to 5000 125 to 12.5 ml 250 to 25 ml 500 to 50 ml

Accuracy ≤ ± A% Nom. capacity 100% / 10%

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% Nom. capacity 100% 10%

1.0 0.9 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3

0.5 / 2.0 0.25 / 1.0 0.15 / 0.6 0.1 / 0.4 0.08 / 0.3 0.08 / 0.25 0.08 / 0.25 0.08 / 0.25

/ / / / / / / /

1.6 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.5 0.3 0.3

Tolerances according to ISO 8655.

1 Precision Dispenser Tips for Stepper Pipettors

1

The Plastibrand® PD-Tips with patented size encoding are the ideal system component BRAND for the HandyStep® electronic (with automatic tip size recognition) and HandyStep® from Brand. They can be used also with compatible, third-party dispensing systems. The automatic size detection option is available with HandyStep® electronic, Gilson® Repetman®, and Rainin AutoRepTM E. In addition, PD-Tips can be used with HandyStep®, Rainin AutoRepTM M, Eppendorf® Multipette® 4780 and EDOS®5221 among others. PD-Tips are Conformity-certified, comply with ISO 8655 requirements and come with a batch certificate. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. PD-Tips are available in 8 different sizes from 0.1 ml to 50 ml. They are available non-sterile, sterile/endotoxin-free (individually wrapped), as well as in Bio-Cert® quality (available on request). Bio-Cert® products are free from DNA, RNase and ATP. Quality control is conducted at an independent, accredited test laboratory. A batch-related certificate will be provided. For 25 and 50 ml tips, an adapter is required and is included.

Capacity ml 0.10 0.50 1.20 2.50 5.00 12.50 25.00 50.00 0.10 0.50 1.20 2.50 5.00 12.50 25.00 50.00 0.10 0.50 1.25 2.50 5.00 12.50 25.00 50.00

Type

PK

non-sterile non-sterile non-sterile non-sterile non-sterile non-sterile non-sterile non-sterile sterile sterile sterile sterile sterile sterile sterile sterile sterile, Bio-Cert® sterile, Bio-Cert® sterile, Bio-Cert® sterile, Bio-Cert® sterile, Bio-Cert® sterile, Bio-Cert® sterile, Bio-Cert® sterile, Bio-Cert®

100 100 100 100 100 100 50 25 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25

Cat. No. 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 9.280 6.229 7.615 6.207 9.409 6.206 6.206 9.409 6.224

923 928 930 932 934 936 938 940 924 929 931 933 935 937 939 941 625 367 277 653 732 733 656 557

2 Adapters

2

Adapters for 25 ml and 50 ml PD tips.

BRAND

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Adapter, non-sterile Adapter, sterile*

10 5

9.280 942 9.280 943

* Individually packed.

E & OE.

867


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Hand dispensers 1

1 Manual step dispenser, ripette® Ritter ripette® is a very comfortable device for hand dispensing of long series. A special technical mechanism guarantees the precision of all selected dosage volumes: 1 to 5000 µl. Product advantages: - Chart with dosage setting volumes incorporated into each dispenser. - Lightweight (approx. 100 g) - Easy-to-use adjustment dial for the selection of dosage volume and the number of steps - No mechanical parts that wear out, no maintenance Description ripette® with 25/50 ml adaptor

2

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.284 190

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.284 206 9.284 202

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.284 203 9.284 204 9.284 205

2 Manual step dispenser, ripette® genX

Description Comfort-Set ripette® genX with euro a.c. adapter and stand ripette® genX mit Euro AC-Adapter

Accessories for manual step dispenser, ripette® genX Description Euro AC-Adapter for ripette® genX Satnd with loading function ripette® genX Spare batterie ripette® genX

3

3 Dispenser tips ritips® professional standard New generation of Ritter dispenser tips in 9 newly designed sizes, standard and bioclean® (sterile). Suitable for use together with Ritter ripette®, Multipette® 4780, HandyStep®, Minilab 100/1001, Stepmate, EasyStep, Distriman®, Multipette® plus*and HandyStep® electronic. Dosage volumes for use with Multipette® plus and other compatible systems are printed on each box. CE-marking according to IVD-directive 98/79 EG on each box.

Type

PK

0.1 ml / Standard 0.2 ml / Standard 0.5 ml / Standard 1.0 ml / Standard 2.5 ml / Standard 5.0 ml / Standard 10.0 ml / Standard 25.0 ml / Standard 50.0 ml / Standard Tip- Mix, standard** Adapter for25 ml and 50 ml Tips 0.1 ml / sterile 0.2 ml / sterile 0.5 ml / sterile 1.0 ml / sterile 2.5 ml / sterile 5.0 ml / sterile 10.0 ml / sterile 25.0 ml / sterile 50.0 ml / sterile

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 100 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25

* When used with Multipette® plus the display is inoperative. Electronic tip recognition suppressed ** Tip-mix consists of 20 x 0.5 ml, 20 x 1.0 ml, 20 x 2.5 ml, 20 x 5.0 ml and 20 x 10.0 ml sizes

868

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Hand dispensers 1 Dispenser tips, ritips®

1

Precision dispenser tips by Ritter in 8 sizes standard and bioclean® (sterile). Suitable for use together with Ritter ripette®, Multipette® 4780, HandyStep®, Minilab 100/101, Stepmate, EasyStep, Distriman® and HandyStep® electronic. CE-marking according to IVD-directive 98/79 EG on each box. Type

PK

0.05 ml / standard 0.5 ml / standard 1.25 ml / standard 2.5 ml / standard 5.0 ml / standard 12.5 ml / standard 25.0 ml / standard 50.0 ml / standard 0.05 ml / sterile 0.5 ml / sterile 1.25 ml / sterile 2.5 ml / sterile 5.0 ml / sterile 12.5 ml / sterile 25.0 ml / sterile 50.0 ml / sterile

100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25

Cat. No. 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 237 230 231 232 233 234 235 236

2 Pipettors, positive displacement, variable, repeating, StepperTM 411

2

Highly comfortable pipette, intended for reliable repeat dispensing from 10 to 5000µl. Socorex Unique trigger action mechanism eliminates thumb fatigue. Selected materials ensure reliability in use, day after day. Compact shape greatly limits internal instrument contamination. Wide selection between 53 different volumes; up to 73 doses per filling. One-year warranty. Product advantages - 4-finger activation - setting knobs bear clear indication of volumes and number of aliquots - three positive displacement syringes, colour coded - self-locking mechanism - clear setting indication Description StepperTM 411 supplied with colour-coded adjustment knobs, adapter, samples of Ecostep syringes Spare PVC workstation Spare adapters for 37.5ml (red) Ecostep syringe tips

3 Syringe tips, Ecostep

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.411 561

1 5

9.411 567 9.411 568

3

Individually wrapped sterile, or loose-packed non-sterile.

Socorex

Type

PK

Non-sterile, 0.75ml, 10 to 100 µl Sterile, 0.75ml, 10 to 100 µl Non-sterile, 3.75ml, 50 to 500 µl Sterile, 3.75ml, 50 to 500 µl Non-sterile, 37.5ml, 500 to 5000 µl Sterile, 37.5ml, 500 to 5000 µl

100 100 100 100 100 100

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

509 510 511 512 513 514

869


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Hand dispensers 1 Microdispensers, adjustable, Acura® manual 865

1

-

Capacity

µl 5 to 50 20 to 200 100 to 1000

2

Grad. Accuracy ≤ ± A% (min. vol.) µl 0.1 5.0 0.2 2.5 1 1.5

Three models: 5 -1000 µL Excellent ergonomics, soft plunger activation Large volume display Revolving valve unit Integrated user calibration system Versatile feeding through bottle, tubing or syringe No need for consumables Autoclavable fully assembled at 121°C/250°F Three-year warranty

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (min. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.5 1.0 0.6

2.0 1.5 0.6

0.4 0.3 0.2

Socorex

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.411 516 9.411 517 9.411 518

2 Accessories for Microdispensers, Acura® manual 865 Socorex Description

PK

Reservoir with Luer connection, PP, 30 ml Reservoir with Luer connection, PTFE, 30 ml Manifold, 4-channel, LL, stainless steel, autoclavable Manifold, 8-channel, LL, stainless steel, autoclavable

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

870

E & OE.

1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

572 573 574 575


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette®

1

The Dispensette® bottle-top dispenser has proven itself the world over with its wide range of practical applications. It has been continuously improved over decades to meet the increasing demands of the laboratory.

BRAND

Brand offers three different models of Dispensette®: - Dispensette® III: the approved dispenser for acids, alkalies, hydrochloric acids and many other organic solutions. - Dispensette® Organic: especially for dispensing organic solvents and acids. - Dispensette® HF: especially for dispensing hydrofluoric acid (HF). (A detailed chemical compatibility chart is available to download from the supplier's website.) The Dispensette® is available in different types: Dispensette® Digital Easy Calibration: - Digital display: especially easy to read, and dispensing volume can be set accurately and reproducibly (mechanical counter). - Easy Calibration: Innovative technique for adjustment in seconds without tools. Dispensette® Analog-adjustable: - Fast volume adjustment with analog slide. - Simple calibration adjustment with supplied tool. Dispensette® Fixed-volume: - Fixed-volume for standard applications. - Simple calibration adjustment with supplied tool. In general every Dispensette® offers: - SafetyPrime™ recirculation valve (optional) reduces risk of splashes caused by air bubbles during instrument priming and permits recirculation during priming to avoid reagent waste. - The integrated safety discharge system reduces the risk of inavertent dispensing and splashes if discharge tube is improperly installed or missing. - Discharge tube safety screw cap protects against reagent contact and is easy to attach and remove, even while wearing gloves. - To allow the bottle label to face the user, the valve block can be rotated 360°. - Telescoping filling tube adjusts easily to different size bottles - without measuring or cutting. - The minimal force needed to operate the floating piston makes serial dispensing convenient and effortless. - Easy to dismantle for cleaning and replaceable filling valves. - Conformity certified - Easy to calibrate and adjust in order to comply with ISO 9001 and GLP guidelines. - Autoclavable (121°C) Items supplied: Dispensette®, conformity certified and supplied with performance certificate, discharge tube, telescopic filling tube, SafetyPrime™ recirculation valve (optional), mounitng tool and adapters of PP.

E & OE.

871


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 Bottle-top dispensers Dispensette® III Dispensette® III, Easy Calibration, conformity certified.

1

BRAND

- Dispensette® III offers a broad application range for dispensing aggressive reagents, including strong acids such as H3PO4, H2SO4, alkaline solutions such as NaOH, KOH, saline solutions as well as a number of organic solvents. For fuming, concentrated HCI and HNO3 and for trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane and peroxide we recommend Dispensette® Organic. - Those components which come into contact with liquids are made of the following high-grade materials: borosilicate glass, ceramic, platinum-iridium, ETFE, FEP, PFA and PP (discharge tube screw cap). - Restrictions: vapour pressure max. 500 mbar, viscosity max. 500 mm²/s, temperature max. 40°C, min. 4°C, density max. 2.2 g/cm³.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.2 to 2 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 0.2 to 2 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 5 to 50

ml 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

± µl Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.) 10 25 50 125 250 10 25 50 125 250

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

± µl Recycle valve

2 5 10 25 50 2 5 10 25 50

PK

with with with with with without without without without without

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

461 465 471 475 481 460 464 470 474 480

2 Bottle-top dispensers Dispensette® III

2

Dispensette® III, variable, conformity certified. BRAND

876

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.05 to 0.5 0.2 to 2 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 10 to 100 0.05 to 0.5 0.2 to 2 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 10 to 100

ml 0.01 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.50 1.00 1.00 0.01 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.50 1.00 1.00

872

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

± µl Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.) 5 10 25 50 125 250 500 5 10 25 50 125 250 500

0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

± µl Recycle valve

1 2 5 10 25 50 100 1 2 5 10 25 50 100

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

with with with with with with with without without without without without without without

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

405 411 415 421 425 431 435 404 410 414 420 424 430 434


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® III

1

Dispensette® III, fixed volume, conformity certified. Further fixed volume dispensers (from 0.25 up to 100 ml) are availlable on request. Capacity

ml 1 2 5 10 1 2 5 10

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

± µl Recycle valve

± µl Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

5 10 25 50 5 10 25 50

BRAND

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

1 2 5 10 1 2 5 10

PK

with with with with without without without without

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

441 445 451 455 440 444 450 454

2 Bottle-top dispensers Dispensette® Organic

2

Dispensette® Organic (colour coded yellow), variable volume, is the ideal device for BRAND dispensing solvents, e.g. chlorinated and fluorinated hydrocarbons such as trichlorotrifluoroethane and dichloromethane, or concentrated acids such as fuming HCl and HNO3, trifluoroacetic acid, tetrahydrofuran and peroxides. For alkaline and saline solutions we recommend Dispensette® III. Components which come into contact with liquid are made of the following high-grade materials: borosilicate glass, ceramic, tantalum, ETFE, FEP, PFA and PP (discharge tube screw cap). Restrictions: vapour pressure max. 500 mbar, viscosity max. 500 mm²/s, temperature max. 40°C, min. 4°C, density max. 2.2 g/cm³. Dispensette® Organic, Easy Calibration, conformity certified

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 to 5 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 5 to 50

ml 0.02 0.02 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

± µl Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.) 25 25 50 50 125 125 250 250

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

± µl Recycle valve

5 5 10 10 25 25 50 50

PK

without with without with without with without with

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

070 074 071 075 072 076 073 077

14

247

E & OE.

873


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1

2

1 Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® Organic Dispensette® Organic, variable volume, conformity certified Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.5 to 5 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 5 to 50 10 to 100 10 to 100

ml 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

BRAND

± µl Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.) 25 25 50 50 125 125 250 250 500 500

± µl Recycle valve

5 5 10 10 25 25 50 50 100 100

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

PK

without with without with without with without with without with

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

078 082 079 083 080 084 081 085 086 087

Check flasks, DKD calibrated, PP, Class A, with 3 marks For checking/calibrating Dispensette®dispensers. For

NS

Dispensette®10 ml Dispensette®25 ml Dispensette®50 ml Dispensette®100 ml

10 10 12 14

BRAND PK

/ / / /

19 19 21 23

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.276 9.276 9.276 9.276

010 011 012 013

2 Bottle-top dispensers, Dispensette® Organic Fix Further fixed volume dispensers (from 0.25 up to 100 ml) are availlable on request. Capacity

ml 5 5 10 10

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

± µl Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.) 25 25 50 50

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

BRAND

± µl Recycle valve

5 5 10 10

PK

without with without with

1 1 1 1

876

874

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

088 089 092 093


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 Bottle-top dispenser Dispensette® HF

1

The Dispensette® HF (green colour-coded) is specially designed for dispensing hydrofluoric acid (HF), maximum permitted concentration 52%.

BRAND

The parts in contact with medium are in the following high-quality materials: ceramic, platinumiridium, ETFE, FEP, PFA and PP (discharge tube safety screw cap). Operating limits: vapour pressure max. 500 mbar, viscosity max. 500 mm²/s, temperature max. 40°C, density max. 3.8 g/cm³.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 1 to 10 1 to 10 *

ml 0.2 0.2

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

0.5 0.5

± µl Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.) 50 0.1 50 0.1

± µl

PK

Cat. No.

10 10

1 1

9.284 400 9.284 401

* SafetyPrime valve TM

2 Bottle-top dispensers, seripettor®/seripettor® pro

2

The economy dispensers for routine dispensing

BRAND

The seripettor®and seripettor® pro are innovative bottle-top dispensers with a special design. A lifting spring provides automatic filling. When the piston seal is worn out, the entire dispensing unit can be exchanged by the user rapidly and easily, without tools. Eliminate expensive repairs! -

low-cost replaceable dispensing cartridge with wiping seal. One spare dispensing cartridge included. semi-automatic dispensing. The spring loaded piston refills the cylinder after dispensing. volume setting. Toothed setting track allows quick and precise adjustment of desired volume. disassembles without tools. All parts can be replaced quickly. The innovative design of seripettor®/seripettor® pro makes cleaning and maintenance easy - fits most bottles seripettor® For dispensing alkaline, buffer and vitamin solutions, as well as culture media, e.g. agar nutrient medium, up to 60°C. seripettor® pro Broader scope of application compared to the seripettor®; for dispensing many acidic, alkaline and saline solutions, and solvents such as essential oils. Items supplied Discharge tube, filling tube, spare dispensing cartridge and adapters, PP (GL45/32 and GL45/S40).

Type

Capacity

Grad.

seripettor® seripettor® seripettor® seripettor® pro seripettor® pro seripettor® pro

ml 0.2 to 2 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 0.2 to 2 1 to 10 2.5 to 25

ml 0.04 0.2 0.5 0.04 0.2 0.5

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

849 850 851 854 852 853

* End test values relate to the nominal values (= max. volume) printed on the dispenser when the temperature (20°C) of the device, environment and distilled water is uniform, and when operated smoothly.

274

E & OE.

875


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 2 Accessories for seripettor速 and seripettor速 pro

1

Dispensing cartridges Non-sterile and sterile. Piston (PE), cylinder (PP).

BRAND

Flexible discharge tube PTFE, coiled, length 800 mm, with safety handle. Not suitable for HF and peroxide.

2

Type Dispensing cartridges Dispensing cartridges Dispensing cartridges Dispensing cartridges Discharge tube Discharge tube

3

Capacity ml 10 25 10 25 10 25

Description

PK

non-sterile non-sterile sterile sterile sterile (single packed) sterile (single packed)

3 3 7 5 1 1

Capacity ml 250 100 500 1000 2500

856 857 858 859 860 861

Neck thread GL 32 32 32 45 45

BRAND

Width

Height

PK

mm 65 50 80 95 140

mm 160 125 195 230 300

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

542 541 543 544 545

4 EM dispensers EM dispenser PP. Budget version with precision-ground, glass piston for non-hazardous, aqueous media and for organic media which do not attack PP. Capacity ml 2 to 10 10 to 60

876

9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284 9.284

3 Dispensers, bottle-top, Dispensette速 III, accessories Reservoir bottles. Amber soda-lime glass. With PP screw cap and LDPE pouring ring. Space-saving, square design, except 2500ml reservoir which is cylindrical.

4

Cat. No.

Hirschmann

Graduations

PK

Cat. No.

ml 0.25 1.00

1 1

9.287 829 9.287 830

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 Dispensers, bottle-top, ceramus®-classic

1

With ceramic pistons. High precision, bottle-top dispensers adjustable in fixed steps for the reproducible dispensing of liquids. With patented, high-purity, alumino-ceramic pistons and highly polished, Duran glass cylinders, guaranteeing continual durability and precision. - no surface abrasion - no sticking due to plastic swelling - no thermal expansion problems

Hirschmann

Ratchet adjustment mechanism prevents accidental adjustment of the set volume. When not in use the pistons can be locked and the delivery tubes capped to prevent loss of reagent. The glass cylinders are encased in plastic for added safety and have a window for viewing the contents. Can be autoclaved up to max. 121°C/2 bar. -

inlet and outlet valves are easily replaced fully supported delivery jet prevents 'side fling' of reagent screw-fixed, inlet suction tube supplied with one each A28, A45, S40 (Merck flasks) to fit most types of reagent bottle, suction tube with swivel nut, outlet jet and valve spanner. - Works calibrated volume certificate with serial number and 12-month manufacturer's guarantee. Without reservoir bottle. - High-grade materials (ECTFE, Duran glass, FEP) are used throughout. Capacity

ml 0.2 to 1 0.4 to 2 1 to 5 2 to 10 5 to 30 10 to 60

Graduations Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.) ml 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.25 0.50 1.00

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

PK

0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287

831 832 833 834 835 836

R* = Accuracy, CV* = Variation coefficient.

2 Dispensers, bottle-top, ceramus®

2

New dispenser technology from Hirschmann laboratory apparatus, with ceramic pistons. ceramus® are a high-precision, bottle-top dispenser range for almost all liquids. - Environmentally-friendly, reagent-saving, recirculation valves - Tough, ceramic pistons - Simple, self-locking volume selection - When not in use, pistons can be locked and delivery tubes capped to prevent loss of reagent. - Fixed interval graduations give excellent reproducibility - 45mm screw neck and adapters supplied allow use with a variety of reservoir bottles - Smooth-action piston minimises operator fatigue during serial dispensing - High-grade construction materials provide long operational life - 12-month manufacturer's guarantee

Type

Capacity

Grad.

Variable Variable Variable Variable Variable Variable Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed

ml 0.2 to 1.0 0.4 to 2.0 1.0 to 5.0 2.0 to 10.0 5.0 to 30.0 10.0 to 60.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 10.0 25.0 50.0

ml 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.5 1.0 -

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Hirschmann

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287

800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 815 816

877


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1

1 Dispensers, bottle-top, ceramus® HF ceramus® HF is a special version of the ceramus series for dispensing hydrofluoric acid and other difficult media, with innovative dispensing technique using high-grade materials.

2

Capacity

Grad.

Type

ml 2.0 to 10.0

ml 0.25

Variable

Hirschmann

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.287 799

2 Bottle-top dispenser opus® opus ”dispenser“ for motor-powered dispensing directly from the reagent bottle. Available in two volumes (20ml and 50ml).

Hirschmann

In conjunction with the "dispenser" touch screen containing the complete electronic control, it represents an extremely sensitive precision dispensing instrument that guarantees excellent degrees of accuracy (e.g. during serial dispensing). With USB interface for linking to a PC. Outstanding features: 1. Simple menu-guided user instructions with tab cards on an external coloured TFT touch screen. Screen legibility is also guaranteed in even strong daylight 2. Versatile application options, thanks to superior quality materials (ECTFE, DURAN glass, FEP); media-conveying components are suitable for steam sterilisation (121°C) 3. Configuration of up to 9999 dispensing repetitions possible, intervals of up to 9999 seconds can be selected between individual dispensing operations 4. Stepper function - dispensing of several volume dosages (differing volumes possible) from a single cylinder charge (50 or 20ml) 5. Individual problem-free calibration options 6. Individual adaptation options, e.g. - language selection (DE, UK, FR, ES) - specification of charging and dispensing velocity in ml/sec (option for coordination with medium viscosity) 7. Method memory, capacity for up to 10 different settings (e.g. volume, velocity, cycle duration, …). 8. Practical accessories: - pedal switch for triggering dispensing - USB interface connection cable - 2000mm long touch screen connection cable, special lengths available - silicone system platform with bottle holder - batteries available for selective battery operation 9. Saving of last setting ensures speedy further processing when the instrument is reactivated 10. Certificate of conformity (H) in compliance with Appendix 12 EO 11. Quality assurance in compliance with DIN EN ISO 8655

Description Volumen 20 ml Volumen 50 ml

3

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.287 872 9.287 873

3 System platform opus® Grey PP base platform for dispensing systems. Hirschmann Description System platform, opus®

878

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.287 880


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 Extendible dispensing tubing, FEP for ceramus® bottle-top dispensers

1

Flexible, spiral-shaped, working length approx. 1 m.

Hirschmann

Description

PK

For ceramus classic up to 10 ml For ceramus classic 30 ml and 60 ml 1.5mm i.d. 3.0mm i.d.

1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 6.202 6.800 6.206 9.287

301 731 625 755

Bottle holder for Dispensers, bottle-top, ceramus® Suitable for all bottles up to diam. approx. 75 up to 120 mm.

Hirschmann

Description

PK

Cat. No.

Bottle holder

1

9.287 820

2 Dispensers, bottle-top, Fortuna® Optifix® Basic

2

For problem-free dispensing of aqueous media and acids as well as solutions subject to Poulten & Graf crystallization. Solid, PTFE-sleeved, dispensing piston with sealing lip. Highly polished, plastic-coated, 100 % corrosion-free, precision glass cylinder which is graduated in black. PTFE valve block (GL32). With colour-coded plunger handles. Autoclavable. Items supplied: Dispenser without reservoir bottle, PTFE suction and discharge tubes and two PP bottle adapters (GL40 and GL45). Conformity-certified, with precision certificate. Suitable bottles may be found in the "Bottles" section. Type

Capacity

Grad.

Basic-27 Basic-33 Basic-38 Basic-44 Basic-48 Basic-51 Basic-53 Basic-56* Basic-58*

ml 0.4 to 2 1 to 5 2 to 10 6 to 30 10 to 50 20 to 100 40 to 200 60 to 300 100 to 500

ml 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287

902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 951

*not included in ISO 8655/5

3 Dispensers, bottle-top, Fortuna® Optifix® Safety

3

For concentrated or fuming acids (excl.HF), strong-smelling materials e.g. bromine, oleum. With colour-coded plunger handles. Supplied with PTFE suction and discharge tubes and two PP bottle adapters, (GL40 and GL45). Without reservoir bottle.

Type

Capacity

Grad.

Safety-27 Safety-33 Safety-38 Safety-44 Safety-48 Safety-51

ml 0.4 to 2 1 to 5 2 to 10 6 to 30 10 to 50 20 to 100

ml 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2

Poulten & Graf

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287

962 963 964 965 966 967

879


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1

1 Dispensers, bottle-top, Fortuna® Optifix® Safety S Fortuna® Optifix® Safety S Bottle-top dispensers for dispensing strong fuming acids and Poulten & Graf very aggressive liquids, with safety stopcock and additional safety valve in the ventilation tube, with PTFE-encased dispensing piston with sealing lip, FIX adaptor made of solid PTFE, comes with 2 x PTFE GL40/GL45 adapters and PTFE inlet tube Type

Safety Safety Safety Safety Safety Safety

2

S-27 S-33 S-38 S-44 S-48 S-51

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.4 to 2 1 to 5 2 to 10 6 to 30 10 to 50 20 to 100

ml 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.206 6.227 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287

600 942 995 996 997 998

2 Dispensers, bottle-top, Fortuna® Optifix® Solvent Optifix® Solvent Poulten & Graf For organic solvents and liquid compounds that may swell PTFE. With vacuum calibrated, glass dispensing barrel and precision glass piston. Barrel graduated in black. Visible dispensing. PTFE valve block (GL32). With colour-coded plunger handles. Autoclavable. Supplied as follows: Dispenser without reservoir bottle, PTFE suction and discharge tubes and two PP bottle adapters (GL40 and GL45). Conformity-certified, with precision certificate. Suitable bottles may be found in the Bottles section. Type

Capacity

Grad.

R*

VC**

PK

Solvent-27 Solvent-33 Solvent-38 Solvent-44 Solvent-48 Solvent-51 Solvent-53 Solvent-56 Solvent-58

ml 0.4 to 2 1 to 5 2 to 10 6 to 30 10 to 50 20 to 100 40 to 200 60 to 300 100 to 500

ml 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.50 1.00 2.00 5.00 5.00 5.00

±% 0.7 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6

≤± % 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287

953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961

R* = Accuracy, V* = Variation coefficient.

2

2 Dispensers, bottle-top, Fortuna Universal® Optifix® HF With solid PTFE dispensing barrel and glass-cored, PTFE coated plunger with seal (prevents acid vapours escaping from the storage bottle). With colour-coded plunger handles.

Poulten & Graf

Items supplied: Hydrofluoric acid dispenser without reservoir bottle, with PTFE valve block (GL32), PTFE suction and discharge tubes and two PTFE bottle adapters (GL40 and GL45). Type HF-38 HF-44

3

Capacity ml 2 to 10 6 to 30

Cat. No.

1 1

9.287 968 9.287 969

Dispensers, bottle-top, Polyfix® For dispensing aqueous media and weak acids. With vacuum calibrated, glass dispensing barrel. Valve block not detachable for safety reasons. - Conformity-certified - Ergonomically designed plunger handle for comfortable operation - User friendly, ambidextrous volume setting with easy movement and rotatable fine adjustment - PP valve block (GL 32) with FIX adapter which aligns the dispenser on the bottle. Not suitable for solvents. Supplied with 2 x PP bottle adapters (GL 40 and GL 45).

3

Capacity ml 2 to 10 10 to 50

880

PK

E & OE.

Poulten & Graf

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.283 800 9.283 810


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 Dispensers, bottle-top, CalibrexTM 520 -

1

three models: from 0.25 to 10 ml superior chemical resistance long lasting, performance stability simple construction digital volume setting integrated user calibration system autoclavable at 121°C/250°F base thread bottle-neck adapter approved for safety by the German TÜV organisation

Capacity

Grad.

ml 0.25 to 2 1 to 5 1 to 10 0.25 to 2 1 to 5 1 to 10

ml 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.05 0.1 0.25

Socorex

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

Type

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Variable volume Variable volume Variable volume Fixed volume* Fixed volume* Fixed volume*

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411 9.411

529 530 531 532 533 534

*Please specify fixed volume required on your order!

2 3 Dispensers, bottle-top, Calibrex 520, accessories

2 Socorex

Type Extension tubing, 60 cm, PTFE Dispenser holder for small bottles

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.411 570 9.411 571

3

E & OE.

881


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers 1 Diluters/Dispensers Microlab 500 series

1

The Microlab 500B series is a versatile, easily programmed range of instruments, ideal Hamilton for laboratories performing multiple dilute and dispense methods. The user can programme and store up to 21 methods in the instrument's memory. The easy-touse LCD menu allows programmes to be named using alphanumeric characters. Programmed methods are retained in memory after the power is disconnected. Method types - Dilutions: simple, serial, multi-sample/reagent, or internal standard addition - Dispenses: aliquot, serial, simple - Pipette - Titrate Specifications Memory storage: 21 programmes Print function: No Working volume range: 1 µL to 25000 µL Syringe speed: 1 to 250 seconds Accuracy: within ±1% Precision: within +0.2% Resolution: 0.1% of syringe volume Volume increments: 0.1% to 100% of total syringe volume Speed: 1 to 250 seconds per full syringe stroke Communication Interface: RS232; TTL out Type ML510B ML540B

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.566 110 9.566 112

Diluter syringes, for right hand side of diluter Type 1702 1705 1710 1725 1750 1001

2

2

DX DX DX DX DX DX

3

3

TLLX TLLX TLLX TLLX TLLX TLLX TLL TLL TLL TLL

1 1 1 1 1 1

Capacity µl 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 10000 25000

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

TLLX TLLX TLLX TLLX TLLX TLL TLL TLL TLL

Capacity µl 25 50 100 250 1000 2500 5000 10000 25000

Gauge

Fill tubing Fill tubing Dispense tubing Dispense tubing

18 12 18 12

882

9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221

360 365 370 375 380 385

Cat. No. 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221

300 305 310 315 320 328 330 335 340 345

Hamilton PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Tubing assemblies. Teflon® FEP Type

Cat. No.

Hamilton

Dispensing syringes, for both sides of diluter

Type 1702 1705 1710 1725 1001 1002 1005 1010 1025

PK

Diluter syringes, for left hand side of diluter

Type 1702 1705 1710 1725 1750 1001 1002 1005 1010 1025

Capacity µl 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Hamilton

Cat. No. 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221

300 305 310 315 328 330 335 340 345

Hamilton Length/ Hub mm 650 650 900 900

Thread

M6 M6 M6 M6

For syringe volumes ml ≤1 >1 ≤1 >1

PK

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.221 9.221 9.221 9.221

640 642 641 643


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Dispensing/Bottletop dispensers-Titration/Burettes Accessories for Diluters/Dispensers Microlab 500 series

1 Hamilton

Type

For

Single dispenser valve Dual dispenser valve

ML 510B ML 540B

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.221 645 9.221 646

Accessories for Diluters/Dispensers Microlab 500 series Hand probes

Hamilton

Description Concorde Push-button Hand Probe Dual Push-button Hand Probe

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.221 648 9.221 649

1 Burettes, with lateral stopcock, Duran®, Class AS Blaubrand®. DIN EN ISO 385. BRAND Conformity certified. With batch number. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. With Schellbach stripe. Length approx. 800mm. Calibrated to deliver. All Blaubrand® burettes are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per manufacturer's pack. Also available with individual works, USP or DKD calibration certificate, please enquire. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 10 25 50

ml 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.02 0.05 0.1

Tolerance Stopcock with ± ml 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.05

PK

PTFE spindle PTFE spindle PTFE spindle Glass key Glass key Glass key

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 Burettes, with straight stopcock, Duran®, Class AS

Cat. No.

9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270

144 147 148 121 122 125

2

Blaubrand®. DIN EN ISO 385. Conformity certified. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). BRAND Schellbach stripe. Length approx. 800 mm. Ring graduations at major subdivisions. Marks and inscriptions in high contrast blue enamel. With batch number and one batch certificate per pack included. Also available with individual works, USP or DKD calibration certificate, please enquire. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 10 25 50

ml 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.02 0.05 0.1

Tolerance Stopcock with ± ml 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.05

PK

PTFE spindle PTFE spindle PTFE spindle Glass key Glass key Glass key

1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270

115 116 117 118 119 120

883


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Burettes 1 2 3 Burettes, with straight stopcock, Duran®, Class AS Schellbach line for easier reading, conformity certified, with dated batch identification, high-contrast blue graduations, ring graduation at major subdivisions, EX (TD) calibrated, acc. to DIN 12700 T2. Scale length approx. 500mm. The batch certificate is available to download from the manufacturer's website.

1

4

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 10 25 50 10 25 50

ml 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.05

Tolerance Stopcock with ± ml 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.02 0.03 0.1

2

Glass key Glass key Glass key PTFE spindle PTFE spindle PTFE spindle PTFE key PTFE key PTFE key

Hirschmann

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270

161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169

3

4 Burettes, with straight stopcock, Class AS Borosilicate glass 3.3 With Klasse AS,conformity certified, with batch identification, blue graduations, DIN EN 385.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 25 50 10 25 50

ml 0.05 0.10 0.02 0.05 0.10

Isolab

Tolerance

PK

± ml 0.030 0.050 0.020 0.030 0.050

1 1 1 1 1

155

884

Cat. No.

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270

100 101 102 103 104


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Burettes 1

2

1 2 Burettes, with lateral stopcock, Duran®, Class AS With Schellbach stripe. Conformity certified, with dated batch certificate, highly contrasting blue graduations, ring marks at main graduation points and lateral glass stopcock with choice of glass or PTFE spindle keys. To DIN 12700 T3. Scale length approx. 500mm. The batch certificate is available to download from the manufacturer's website. Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 10 25 50

ml 10 25 50 10 25 50

Hirschmann

Tolerance Stopcock with ± ml 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.05

PK

Glass key Glass key Glass key PTFE spindle PTFE spindle PTFE spindle

1 1 1 1 1 1

3 Burette reservoir bottles

Dia. mm 110 110 160 160

Height mm 200 200 200 200

9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270

155 156 157 158 159 160

3

Choice of Duran® or soda-lime glass. With NS29/32 ground neck. DIN12643.

Capacity ml 1000 1000 2000 2000

Cat. No.

DURAN Group

Material

Colour

soda-lime glass soda-lime glass Duran® Duran®

clear amber clear amber

PK 1 1 1 1

4 Burette clamp

Cat. No. 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270

905 915 910 920

4

Material: Polypropylene. Bosshead supplied with two adapters so that the clamp can fit Kartell on to support rods having diameters 8 to 14 mm. Stainless steel spring loaded centre arm holds burette firmly against the two outer arms and is protected by rubber grips. Graduations and meniscus are visible at all times. Suitable for all burettes. Rod dia. mm 8 to 14, double clamp 8 to 14, single clamp

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.224 495 9.224 496

885


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Burettes 1

1 Burette covers PP. Ribbed inside to prevent suction attachment during titration. Int. dia. mm 20

2

BRAND

Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 30

1

9.270 330

2 Rubber blowballs Non-rigid PVC. Red-brown, smooth. With 6 mm i.d. outlet hole. Type B oval 0 2 3 5 7 9

3

Capacity ml 5 10 28 42 90 145 225

Dia. mm 30 30 42 48 62 72 84

LLG PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

404 411 430 450 480 485 487

LLG

Type Orsat blowball

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.115 510

4 Hand bellows Single spray. Without net. Size 3.

LLG

Type Hand bellows

5

9.115 9.115 9.115 9.115 9.115 9.115 9.115

3 Orsat blowball Natural rubber. Translucent.

4

Cat. No.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.270 995

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.270 990

5 Hand bellows Double spray. With net. Size 3. Type Hand bellows

886

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Digital burettes 1 Digital burette Titrette®

1

Titrette® - The next generation digital burette!

BRAND

With the Titrette® bottle-top burette, you can titrate quickly and reliably with highest precision, even in close quarters, with no mains supply needed - in the lab, in production, or in the field! High accuracy - precise titration within the error limits of Class A Smooth-running operation - for sensitive, drop-wise titration Compact design - light and stable Easy Handling - no switching between "fill” and "titrate” Simple maintenance - cleaning and parts replacement right in the lab Smooth operation The large, easy-grip hand wheels are conveniently easy to turn. With the optimized gear ratio, you can fill the device quickly and titrate drop-wise with great sensitivity. Class? Like Class A! The Titrette® bottle-top burette has an innovative new measuring system which matches the Class A accuracy of glass burettes and, if needed, can offer the precision of 3 decimal places below 20ml. This is an important feature for users who need to work within the Class A error limits as with glass burettes according to DIN EN ISO 385 (e.g., pharmaceutical work): Lightweight and compact! All components only move within the housing, saving room on top. The compact design and the light weight ensure good stability. The titrating tube can be adjusted horizontally and vertically. This provides flexibility when positioning the instrument, e.g., when using a magnetic stirrer or different bottle sizes. Items supplied: Titrette® bottle-top burette, conformity certified, performance certificate, telescoping filling tube (170 to 330 mm), recirculation tube, 2 x 1.5V batteries (AAA/UM4/LR03), 3 x PP bottle adapters PP (GL45/32, GL 45/S40 and GL32/NS 29/32), 2 coloured light shield inspection windows, operating manual.

Capacity

ml 25 50 25 50

Accuracy ≤ ± A% (max. vol.)

Reproducibility ≤ ± V% (max. vol.)

Interface

0,07 0,06 0,07 0,06

0,025 0,02 0,025 0,02

without without incl. incl.

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.271 9.271 9.271 9.271

332 333 334 335

Accessories for Burette Digital Titrette® Titrating tube with screw cap and integrated discharge and recirculation valve. Type Titrating tube

BRAND PK

Cat. No.

1

4.000 393

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.284 503 9.284 504

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.284 482

Telescopic filling tubes, FEP. Adjust easily to different size bottles, without measuring or cutting. Length mm 170 to 330 250 to 480

Filling valve with olive-shaped nozzle and sealing ring. Type Filling valve

E & OE.

876

887


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Digital burettes Accessories for Titrette® Digital Burette Inspection windows. For protection of light-sensitive media, the clear inspection windows can be replaced with amber coloured windows (included). 1 set colourless and 1 set amber coloured. Length mm Inspection window, brown

BRAND

PK

Cat. No.

1

4.000 394

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

4.000 395 4.000 396

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

4.000 397 4.000 398

Dispensing cylinder with valve head For Titrette® 25ml Titrette® 50ml

Dispensing cylinder with valve head. For Titrette® 25 ml Titrette® 50 ml

1 Digital burettes, Solarus®

1

Powered by built-in solar cells. Hirschmann Solarus® is available in either 20ml or 50ml capacity versions. With media recycling system which aids priming, saves on expensive reagents and is environmentally-friendly. Easy to replace valves. Simple "Quick Cal" user calibrations and factory settings memorised in the unit allow individual adjustments. - high visibility display - very fine resolution in 0.01 ml steps - simple 2-key operation - can be switched between factory and customer calibration - rotating, stable discharge tube - Conformity certified Additional features: Serial bidirectional interface for logging completed titration procedures, subsequent processing of titration data and fully automatic setting of customer calibration factors by electronic connection to a balance. Solarus® is supplied with GL45 screwthread valve block, GL 45/32, GL 45/S40 bottle-top adapters, outlet nozzle, screw-in filling tube, assembly key, individual test certificate, instructions and guarantee.

Description

PK

Solarus®, capacity 20 ml Solarus®, capacity 50 ml Interface cable Liquid handling software liqui-soft®

1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287

780 781 756 757

Digital burettes, Solarus®, accessories Hirschmann Type

876

888

PK

Adapter, PP, screwthread A 45 to A 32 Adapter, PP, screwthread A 45 to A 38 Adapter, PP, screwthread A 45 to S 40 Adapter, ETFE, screwthread A 45 to A 32 Adapter, ETFE, screwthread A 45 to A 38 Adapter, ETFE, screwthread A 45 to S 40 Discharge valve Inlet valve Recycling discharge valve Assembly key Discharge tube, pointed Discharge tube, spiral, internal Ø: 3,0 mm Inlet tubing 310 mm Inlet tubing 400 mm Recycle tubing

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287 9.287

783 784 785 786 787 788 750 751 752 753 754 755 851 852 858


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Digital burettes 1 Digital-burette, opus®

1

The motor-powered semi-automatic digital burette for rapid titration

Hirschmann

opus® for motor-powered titration directly from the reagent bottle. Available in two volumes (20ml and 50ml). The combination of the touch screen and ”opus titration“ software makes utilisation childs play. Electronic motor control makes opus an extremely sensitive precision titration instrument. Outstanding features: 1. Simple menu-guided user instructions with tab cards on an external coloured TFT touch screen. Screen legibility is also guaranteed in even strong daylight 2. Versatile application options, thanks to superior quality materials ECTFE, DURAN glass, FEP); media-conveying components are suitable for steam sterilisation (121°C) 3. User-friendly recycling system for rapid aeration without reagent loss - ensuring relief for the environment and your budget. 4. Rapid titration and drop titration 5. Practical accessories - USB interface connection cable - 2000mm long touch screen connection cable, special lengths available - silicone system platform with bottle holder - batteries available for selective battery operation 6. Individual problem-free calibration options 7. Method memory, capacity for up to 10 different settings e.g. volume, velocity, cycle duration,… 8. Individual adaptation options, e.g. - language selection (DE, UK, FR, ES) - specification of suction and dispensing velocity in ml/sec option for coordination with medium viscosity 9. Saving of last setting ensures speedy further processing when the instrument is reactivated 10. Certificate of conformity (H) in compliance with Appendix 12 EO 11. Quality assurance in compliance with DIN EN ISO 8655

Description Volume 20 ml Volume 50 ml

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.287 870 9.287 871

2 Digital burettes, Top Burette

2

Bottle-top digital burettes with safety valve, telescopic filling tube, variable discharge tubes, 3 adapters for reservoir bottles with 40/38/32 mm diameter screwthreads and 2 x 1.5V micro batteries.

eppendorf

- Continuous and pulse-free dispensing technology for rapid titration - Patented safety valve for burette priming without loss of reagent - Power supply from long-life batteries with remaining charge displayed - Dispensing range from 0.01 ml to 999.9 ml - Electronics are removable as single unit - Servicing-friendly modular construction - Simple calibration programme - Discharge tube rotates 360° - Variable discharge tubes are individually adjustable horizontally 142 to 220 mm vertically 10 to 200 mm - Telescopic filling tube for automatic length adjustment from 210 to 370 mm - Connector for drying tube. Type Top Burette M Top Burette H

Capacity µl 2500 per rotation 5000 per rotation

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.863 030 9.863 031

889


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Digital burettes Digital burette, Titronic® universal SI Analytics GmbH Motorised piston burette for precise fixed volume dispensing, with dispensing volume and speed adjustment, for incremental dispensing tasks with input of pause time between dispensing stages and for manual titration tasks. The Titronic® universal burette can be controlled directly from a PC via an RS232 interface. Several burettes can also be 'daisy chain' linked to each other. Thanks to the motor driven, 2/3-way valve, the Titronic® universal burette can be used with all standard laboratory aqueous and non-aqueous titration reagents and many other solutions. Titronic® universal, 20 ml, module I: Supplied with: Titronic® universal 20 ml dispensing attachment, TZ 1503 titration tip, TZ 3665 support rod, TZ 3660 electrode/titration tip holder, TZ 3680 mini keyboard Titronic® universal, 20 ml, module II: Supplied with: as module I, but with additional TM 96 magnetic stirrer Titronic® universal, 50 ml, module I: Supplied with: see above 20ml, module I listing Titronic® universal, 50 ml, module II: Supplied with: as module I, but with TM 96 magnetic stirrer.

1

1 Digital burette, Titronic® universal SI Analytics GmbH Specifications Interfaces:

Stirrer connection: Keyboard connection: Display: Volume indicator: Display resolution: Dispensing speed: Fill time: Pre-titration volume: Pause time between increments: Dispensing cylinder: Burette resolution: Dispensing accuracy: Supply requirements: Conformity: CE mark:

Type

Module Module Module Module

890

I II I II

2 x RS232-C for connection to a serial printer, PC or other Titronic® universal piston burettes, plug-in connection with integral low-voltage power supply for TM 96 magnetic stirrer Operation via 6 instrument keys and TZ 3680 mini keyboard 4 digit LCD display 00.00 to 999.9 ml 0.01 ml 0.1 to 40 ml/min. (with 20 ml dispensing unit) 0.1 to 100 ml/min. (with 50 ml dispensing unit) 30 secs. to 99 secs. adjustable (time depends on cylinder volume) 0.1 to 99.99 ml 0.01 to 999.9 s 20 ml or 50 ml Duran® glass cylinder with UV protection sleeve 1/8000 0.1% system measurement deviation, 0.05% accidental measurement deviation determined in accordance with EN ISO 8665, Part 3 230 V 50/60 Hz or 115 V 50/60 Hz ISO 8665, Part 6 In accordance with European Council guidelines 89/336/EWG and 72/23/EWG

Burette attachment ml 20 20 50 50

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.863 9.863 9.863 9.863

205 206 207 208


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Digital burettes 1 Digital burettes, Titronic® basic

1

More precise and an easier alternative to bottle-top and conventional glass burettes for all manual laboratory titration tasks. With the motor driven, 2-/3-way valve the Titronic® basic can be used in all standard aqueous and non-aqueous titration reagents. Specifications: Interfaces: Stirrer connection: Keypad connection: Display: Volume indicator: Display resolution: Dispensing cylinder: Burette resolution: Dosage accuracy: Supply requirements: Conformity: CE mark: Module I: Module II:

SI Analytics GmbH

RS-232C for connection to serial printer or PC. Plug-in connection with integral lowvoltage. TM 96 magnetic stirrer for TZ 3680 hand sensor 4 digit LCD display 00.00 to 999.9 ml 0.01ml 20 ml Duran® with UV protection 1/8000 0.1% system measurement deviation , accidental measurement deviation 0.05%, determined according to EN ISO 8665, part 3 230V 50/60Hz or 115V 50/60Hz ISO 8665, Part 6 according to 89/336/EEC and 72/23/EEC guidelines Supplied with: Titronic® basic with 20 ml dispensing unit, titration tip with tubing, TZ 3665 support rod, TZ 3660 electrode/titration tip holder, TZ 3680 hand switch Supplied with: as module I, plus TM 96 magnetic stirrer

Type Module 1 Module 2

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.863 065 9.863 066

2 Digital Titrator, TitroLine easy

2 SI Analytics GmbH

Specifications Conformity: Cylinder: Valve: Tubing: dispensing accuracy: Volume indicator: Display: Mini keyboard: Stirrer: Electrodes: Temperature sensor: RS232-C: Supply requirements: Case dimensions: Weight: Operating range: The manufacturer reserves the right to amend technical specifications.

EN ISO 8665-3 20 ml Duran® glass with UV protection Motor driven 3/2 way PTFE/ETFE valve FEP with UV protection 0.1% systematic measurement deviation, 0.05% accidental measurement deviation in accordance with EN ISO 8655-6 0.01 to 999.9 ml LCD matrix display 69 x 39 mm, 64 x 128 pixel Plug-in connection: 4-pin mini round DIN plug Plug-in connection with integral low-voltage power supply for TM 96 pH/mV: DIN or BNC connector Measuring ranges, pH: 0 to 14, mV: -1400 to +1400 Pt1000, measuring range -30 to +115°C bidirectional RS232-C interface, 4-pin mini DIN round plug 230V 50/60 Hz or 115V, 50/60 Hz 135 x 310 x 205 mm (W x H x D), height includes dispensing unit, stirrer not included approx. 2.2 kg Ambient temperature: +10 to +40°C

Type

Description

Module 1 Module 2 Module 3

for pH titrations for argentometric titrations

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.863 130 9.863 131 9.863 132

891


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Digital burettes 1

1 Compact titrator The TitroLine alpha plus is a compact, flexible, very robust and universal titrator. With large, graphics LCD readout and interchangeable dosing unit enabling a variety of titrating tasks to be undertaken.

SI Analytics GmbH

The TitriSoft 2.6/2.6P titration software accessory provides the optimum solution for your titration tasks, supporting your daily work procedures including sample preparation, titration and evaluation of the results. · · · ·

100 pre-programmed standard titration methods titration up to 3 endpoints (EP) and 5 equivalent points (EQ) 8 standard formulas and a free programmable formula editor GLP support

Applications: PH-, mV-, redox-, argentometric-, pH-stat, Karl Fischer (KF) and other coulometric applications. Supplied with stand rod with holder, titration clamp, and PC-style keyboard TZ2835.

Techncal data Hardware Interfaces: Printer connection: Control connector: Keyboard connection: Display: Burette capacities: Burette resolution Electrode inputs: KF measurement input: Temperature measurement input: Type TitroLine alpha TitroLine alpha TitroLine alpha TitroLine alpha TitroLine alpha TitroLine alpha TitriSoft 2.6 TM 135

892

2 x RS232-C for connection to PC, external power supply, Sample changer TW alpha plus, Analyser and various Titronic® dispensing burette measures Centronics-interface for connection to an HP (PCL2)compatible printer for magnetic stirrer TM 135 PS-2 connection for PC-type keyboard Multifunctional graphics user interface choice of 1, 5, 10, 20 or 50ml 10000 increments 2x pH/mV input with DIN 19 262 or BNC connectors µA input for dual-platinum electrode (connectors: 2 x 4mm), with adjustable polarisation voltage Pt1000 resistance thermometer input (connectors: 2 x 4mm)

Description plus plus plus plus plus plus

TL TL TL TL TL TL

05 10 20 50 KF KF

plus plus plus plus 05 plus 10 plus

PK

with 5ml exchange unit with 10ml exchange unit with 20ml exchange unit with 50ml exchange unit with 5ml exchange unit with 10ml exchange unit Titration software for TitroLine alpha plus Magnetic stirrer

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.863 9.863 9.863 9.863 9.863 9.863 9.863 9.863

036 037 038 039 040 041 072 068


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Digital burettes 1

1 Karl Fischer titrator, TitroLine KF Extremely compact, easy to use, volumetric Karl Fischer titrator for quick and accurate water analysis. A large display makes KF titration easier through menu-driven operation. Connection to an accessory external keyboard enables easy input of alphanumeric sample labels and weighing data. Solvents can be added and titrated solutions aspirated at the touch of a button.

SI Analytics GmbH

Software Pre-set, adjustable parameters for sample titration (3), titre analysis with water, standard solutions, sodium tartrate dihydrate and blank value determination (oven drying and external extraction). Automatic drift analysis and correction and adjustable extraction interval. Statistical functions: average value, standard deviation and variance. Automatic inclusion of titre and blank value in calculating results. User-configurable printout (short, standard or GLP). Instrument monitoring functions. 4 language versions (German, English, French and Spanish). TitroLine KF: complete instrument for Karl Fischer titration Supplied with: TitroLine KF base unit, titration stand with TM KF pump, TZ 1770 titration vessel, KF 1100 micro double platinum electrode with fixed cable and starter kit.

Specifications RS-232C No. 1 interface: RS-232C No. 2 interface: Stirrer connection: Keyboard connection: Display: Burette volume: Burette resolution: KF measurement input:

for connection to a PC in order to control and transfer data or to a serial printer for "daisy chain" connection to other titrators or to a balance TM-KF titration stand stirrer; TitroLine KF start and stop signal for Z 2835 PC keyboard high-contrast 8 digit, backlit LCD display with contrast adjustment, size 69 x 39 mm. 20 ml 8000 steps Double platinum electrode connection; adjustable polarisation voltage

Type TitroLine KF

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.863 139

Accesssories for Titrator TitroLine KF SI Analytics GmbH Type

Description

TZ 2825 TZ 2008 TZ 1795

TZ 1052 TZ 3460

PK

Cat. No.

Mini PC keyboard, splashproof

1

9.863 135

Adaptor for reagent bottles with S 40 screwthread Adaptor for TM KF waste and solvent bottles with S 40 screwthread Drying oven for water analyis, Karl Fischer RS232-C printer incl. printer cable

1

9.863 096

1

9.863 136

1

9.863 137

1

9.863 133

E & OE.

893


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Digital burettes-Titrators 1

1 Karl Fischer titrator, TitroLine KF Very compact, easy to operate coulometric titrator for water determination according to SI Analytics GmbH Karl-Fischer. An external keyboard (optional) allows the easy input of alphanumeric sample ID and weight. The addition of fresh KF reagent and the aspiration of waste is processed by pushing a button (only module 2 and 4). The USB interface simplifies the connection to a PC. Software Key functions: - 10 parameterized methods incl. methods for the blank value (e.g. KF-oven, external extraction) - automatic drift determination and correction. Extraction time adjustable. Statistic functions: - mean value, standard devation and relative standard devation Print out configurable: - short, standard with curve, GLP Result output: - in ppm, %, mg, ìg, mg/l Language versions: - 4; German, English, French, Spanish Items supplied: TitroLine KF trace, module 1: (complete module for coulometric KF titration) TitroLine KF trace basic instrument, generating electrode TZ 1752 without diaphragm, magnetic stirrer TM 135, titration vessel TZ 1751, micro double platinium electrode KF 1150 with attached cable, connecting cable for generating elektrode TitroLine KF trace, module 2: (complete module for coulometric KF titration) TitroLine KF trace basic instrument, generating electrode TZ 1752 without diaphragm, titration stand with pump TM KF, titration vessel TZ 1754, micro double platinium electrode KF 1150 with attached cable, connecting cable for generating elektrode TitroLine KF trace, module 3: (complete module for coulometric KF titration) TitroLine KF trace basic instrument, generating electrode TZ 1753 with diaphragm, magnetic stirrer TM 135, titration vessel TZ 1751, micro double platinium electrode KF 1150 with attached cable, connecting cable for generating elektrode TitroLine KF trace, module 4: (complete module for coulometric KF titration) TitroLine KF trace basic instrument, generating electrode TZ 1753 with diaphragm, titration stand with pump TM KF, titration vessel TZ 1754, micro double platinium electrode KF 1150 with attached cable, connecting cable for generating elektrode Specifications Measuring range: Resolution: Precission: Max. measuring speed:

10µg to 100µg 0.1µg ±3µg from 10 to 1000µg, 0.3% > 1 µg approx. 2 mg/min

Type TitroLine TitroLine TitroLine TitroLine

PK KF KF KF KF

trace, trace, trace, trace,

module module module module

1 2 3 4

1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.863 9.863 6.231 9.863

140 141 629 143

Extensive accesories available on request!

2

2 Automatic burettes, glass, Pellet pattern, Class AS Blaubrand®. Class AS, to DIN EN ISO 385. Duran®. BRAND With intermediate stopcock. Conformity certified. With batch number. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. With Schellbach stripes. Intermediate stopcock allows residual reagent in the burette after titration to be recycled into the reservoir. Automatic zero point setting. Calibrated to deliver. Choice of models, either with screwthread PTFE screwthread dispensing stopcock and PTFE plug key intermediate stopcock, or glass key stopcocks for both. Complete with 2 litre, soda-lime glass reservoir (160 mm dia. x 200mm height, with 29/32 ground glass neck). Overall height with bottle approx. 1000 to 1050 mm. All Blaubrand® burettes are delivered with batch number and one batch certificate included per pack. Also available with individual works, USP or DKD calibration certificate, please enquire. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

894

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50 10 25 50

ml 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.02 0.05 0.1

Tolerance Stopcock ± ml 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.03 0.05

Screwthread Screwthread Screwthread Glass Glass Glass

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270

764 767 768 734 737 738


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Titrators 1 Automatic burettes, glass, Pellet pattern

1

Silberbrand. Amber borosilicate glass type 5.0. With intermediate stopcock. BRAND 25 ml: Class B, Tolerance to DIN EN ISO 385. 50 ml: Class B, to DIN EN ISO 385. Automatic zero point setting. Graduations and inscriptions in white enamel. Intermediate stopcock for evacuation of remaining liquid. Calibrated to deliver. Choice of models, either with PTFE or glass key dispensing and intermediate stopcocks. Complete with 2-litre soda-lime glass reservoir (160mm dia. x 200mm height, with 29/32 ground glass neck). Overall height with bottle approx. 1000 to 1050mm. Capacity

Grad.

ml 25* 50 25* 50

ml 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Tolerance Keys ± ml 0.08 0.1 0.08 0.1

PK

Glass Glass PTFE PTFE

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.270 9.270 9.270 9.270

536 538 540 542

* Narrower divisions.

2 Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern, Duran®, class AS, blue graduated

2

Conformity certified, with dated batch identification, Schellbach line for easier reading, Hirschmann high-contrast blue graduations, ring marks at major graduation points, lateral stopcock with PTFE key, EX (TD) calibrated, acc. to DIN 12 700 T5 and supplied with 2 litre clear glass reservoir bottle. Scale length approx. 500 mm. Hirschmann supplies class A or AS volumetric glassware batch and production year indicators as standard, at no additional charge. Therefore these measuring instruments are suitable for the use in labs certified acc. to DIN EN ISO. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50

ml 0.02 0.05 0.1

Tolerance

PK

Cat. No.

± ml 0.02 0.03 0.05

1 1 1

6.079 718 7.630 409 9.270 785

3 Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern, Duran®, class AS, blue graduated

3

Conformity certified, with dated batch identification, Schellbach line for easier reading, Hirschmann high-contrast blue graduations, ring mark at main graduation points, intermediate stopcock with glass key, lateral stopcock with glass key, EX (TD) calibrated, acc. to DIN 12 700 T5 Supplied with 2 litre, clear glass reservoir bottle. Scale length approx. 500 mm. Hirschmann supplies class A or AS volumetric glassware with batch and production year indicators as standard, at no additional charge. Therefore these measuring instruments are suitable for the use in labs certified acc. to DIN EN ISO. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50

ml 0.02 0.05 0.1

Tolerance

PK

Cat. No.

± ml 0.02 0.03 0.05

1 1 1

6.079 157 6.056 580 6.079 156

54

E & OE.

895


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Titrators 1

1 Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern, Duran®, class AS, blue graduated Conformity certified, with dated batch identification, Schellbach line for easier reading, Hirschmann high-contrast blue graduations, ring mark at main graduation points, lateral stopcock with PTFE key, EX (TD) calibrated, acc. to DIN 12 700 T5, with 2 litre, clear glass reservoir bottle as standard. Scale length approx. 500 mm. Hirschmann supplies class A or AS volumetric glassware with batch and production year indicators as standard, at no additional charge. Therefore these measuring instruments are suitable for the use in labs certified acc. to DIN EN ISO. The batch certificate is available to download from the supplier's website.

2

Capacity

Grad.

ml 10 25 50

ml 0.02 0.05 0.1

Tolerance

PK

Cat. No.

± ml 0.02 0.03 0.05

1 1 1

6.228 424 6.228 425 9.270 780

2 Automatic burettes, Schilling pattern, blue graduated With Schellbach line for easier reading, fast-flow burette, with 500ml plastic reservoir bottle (for burettes up to 10 ml) or 1000 ml (for burettes 15 ml and larger). Scale length approx. 330mm, for 50 ml capacity approx. 550 mm.

3

Capacity

Grad.

ml 5 10 15 25 50

ml 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1

Tolerance

Bottle size ml 500 500 1000 1000 1000

± ml 0.03 0.03 0.045 0.045 0.075

Hirschmann

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

6.070 7.510 6.223 7.510 6.070

009 426 256 427 072

3 Automatic burettes, glass, Dr. Schilling pattern Silberbrand. BRAND Tolerances to class B, DIN EN ISO 385. AR soda-glass burette®. PVC discharge tubing and silicone outlet tubing. LDPE reservoir bottle with HDPE base. PE pushbutton and support clamp. Brass micrometer screw with PE knurled knob. Graduations and inscriptions are in highly contrasting black enamel. With Schellbach stripes. Squeezing of bottle allows rapid filling. Fine titration is easy using the micrometer screw. Coarse titration is achieved by removal of the micrometer screw and using the push button. Calibrated to deliver. Capacity

Grad.

ml 10* 15* 25* 50*

ml 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1

Tolerance

Capacity

Height

PK

± ml 0.05 0.08 0.08 0.1

ml 500 500 1000 1000

mm 530 510 620 830

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.271 9.271 9.271 9.271

053 055 056 058

* Narrower divisions.

4

4 Automatic burettes, Blaubrand® Duran®, detachable PTFE stopcock. To DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). BRAND Quick to dismantle and easy to clean. Automatic zeroing (with transparent PVC filling tube). Schellbach stripe. Incl. one batch certificate. With burette support, base plate and 1000 ml reservoir bottle (PE). Each unit has a batch number and is supplied with an accompanying batch certificate. The batch certificate is also available to download from the manufacturer's website.

896

Capacity

Graduations

ml 10 25 50

ml 0.02 0.05 0.1

Tolerance

Length

PK

Cat. No.

± ml 0.02 0.03 0.05

mm 775 785 790

1 1 1

9.271 013 9.271 014 9.271 018

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Titrators 1 Automatic burette, Silberbrand

1

With PTFE stopcock, quick to dismantle and easy to clean. Simple repair - all individual components are replaceable. AR-Glas®, with detachable PTFE stopcock.

BRAND

Tolerances according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Automatic zeroing (with transparent PVC filling tube). Schellbach stripe. With burette support, base plate and 1000 ml reservoir bottle (PE). Capacity

Graduations

ml 10 25 50

ml 0.05 0.1 0.1

Tolerance

Length

PK

Cat. No.

± ml 0.05 0.08 0.1

mm 445 520 730

1 1 1

9.271 003 9.271 006 9.271 008

2 Automatic burette, amber glass, Silberbrand

2

Amber borosilicate glass 5.0, with detachable PTFE stopcock. Quick to dismantle and easy to clean. Tolerances according to DIN EN ISO 385 class B. 25 ml: reduced distance between subdivision marks. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Automatic zeroing (with transparent PVC filling tube). With burette support, base plate and 1000 ml PE reservoir bottle. Capacity

Graduations

ml 25 50

ml 0.1 0.1

BRAND

Tolerance

Length

PK

Cat. No.

± ml 0.08 0.1

mm 495 780

1 1

9.271 026 9.271 028

Burette support with base plate for bottle 1000 ml. Rubber feet for secure stand and protection of table top. Base plate: PP (L x W: 210 mm x 155 mm) Support rod: Steel alloy (L x W: 595 mm x 12 mm) Description Burette support with base plate

3

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.271 073

Spare filling tube, PVC, transparent and bottle threaded coupling with bushing.

Description

3 PK

Cat. No.

1

9.271 074

Colour

PK

Cat. No.

amber translucent

1 25

9.072 768 9.271 075

Spare filling tube

4 5

Narrow neck bottle, PE, 1000 ml

4

E & OE.

5

897


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Titrators 1

1 Accessories for burettes Spare burette length with automatic zero adjustment. Description BLAUBRAND®, DURAN® BLAUBRAND®, DURAN® BLAUBRAND®, DURAN® SILBERBRAND, AR-GLASS® SILBERBRAND, AR-GLASS® SILBERBRAND, AR-GLASS® SILBERBRAND, amber glass SILBERBRAND, amber glass

Capacity ml 10 25 50 10* 25* 50* 25* 50

Length mm 680 690 695 360 425 635 400 685

BRAND PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.271 9.271 9.271 9.271 9.271 9.271 9.271 9.271

060 061 062 063 064 065 066 067

* reduced distance between subdivision marks

2

2

Spare stopcock, PTFE. With screw couplings and seals, without burette tip.

Description Spare stopcock

3

3

Cat. No.

1

9.271 068

PK

Cat. No.

Spare burette tips, clear or amber glass, Boro 3.3.

For clear glass burettes, 10 ml clear glass burettes, 25 ml clear glass burettes, 50 ml amber glass burettes, 25 / 50 ml

1 1 1 1

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range ! 898

PK

E & OE.

9.271 9.271 9.271 9.271

069 070 071 072


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Titration/Titrators 1 Manual titration station, behrotest®

1

The behrotest® HTS manual titration station simplifies manual titration and therefore increases the accuracy and reproductibility of results. The user always titrates under similar optical conditions. - a neutral background to the field of view permits more accurate appraisal of the colour change at the end of titration. A curved screen cowl prevents straylight affecting view - precise positioning of the titration vessel within a holder which mounts onto the magnet stirrer top plate - four upright rods provide a stable frame for the test vessel. These are adjustable, allowing different diameter vessels to be used.

Behr

The behrotest® manual titration station comprises: - Vessel holder with non-tilting frame - Magnet stirrer with mounting plate. Suitable for containers with diameter < 88 mm (Erlenmeyer flasks up to 300 ml, beakers up to 600 ml etc.) - Screen with viewing aid - Optional accessory: burette with digital display

Type

Description

PK

Cat. No.

HTS

Manual titration unit with magnetic stirrer and protection shield Manual titration station for nitrogen analysis as HTS but with digital display Burette with digital display

1

9.843 764

1

9.843 772

1

9.843 765

PK

Cat. No.

Fully automatic metering unit including Windows software

1

9.843 916

Reagent dosing module with 1 burette, 10 ml, corrosion resistant

1

9.843 917

Reagent dosing module with 2 burettes, 10 ml, corrosion resistant

1

9.843 918

Reagent dosing module with 4 burettes, 10 ml, corrosion resistant

1

9.843 919

Cooling / thermostatic trough for liquids, working range 2°C to 60°C

1

9.843 920

Magnetic stirrer, inductive, holds up to 12 samples, for direct connection to DS 20

1

9.920 746

STI

DIT 50

2 Automatic Reagent Metering Unit for General Laboratory Use Reagent metering unit for automating and accelerating reagent addition in the laboratory. Can be connected to behr reagent dosing modules with 1, 2 and 4 burettes.

2 Behr

Can deliver into any desired number of vessels of varying sizes on a surface measuring 330 x 210 mm. The reagent addition is achieved via one or more dipensing nozzles, moving successively to each vessel. Options are also available to permit simultaneous delivery into two adjacent vessels. The reagent metering unit is controlled via Windows software.

Description

E & OE.

899


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Drum pumps 1

1 Pump-it drum pump For rapid and clean emptying from cans, drums and small barrels up to 60 litres. -

For liquids up to a viscosity of 1500 cPs at 20°C Pump connection suitable for 64 mm dia. (BSI) container threads Threaded adapters for most commercially-sold containers available Precise dosing, without dripping.

Material

Immersion depth mm 1000

PP/Viton®

2

Bürkle

Flow rate L / min. 8

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.001 110

2 Adapter set for Pump-it can pump Consisting of: - 2" Coarse thread, Mauser L ring, green - 2" coarse thread, Leer/Tri-sure, brown - 2" Fine thread steel drum, blue - DIN 60, Mauser-barrel, black - DIN 51, black

Bürkle

Type Adapter set for Pump-it can pump

3

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.001 111

3 Hand pumps, Otal For drums and containers up to 60 litres. With Unistoppers for container openings 30 to 70 mm. PP or PVDF tubing for aggressive liquids. Material

PP* PP PP PP PVDF Stainless steel tubing PVC dispensing tube

Dia. Flow rate mm L / min. 10 4 12 14 15 20 18 26 16 20 18 26 10 12

Bürkle

Immersion depth mm 450 700 700 700 700 900

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001

700

1

9.001 138

210 112 115 118 135 137

*Miniature pump for container openings 20 to 36 mm.

4

4 Foot pumps, Otal For drums and containers up to 120 litres. With Unistopper for 30 to 70 mm diameter container necks. PP or PVDF tubing for aggressive liquids.

Material

PP PP PP PVDF Stainless steel tubing PVC dispensing tube

900

Dia. Flow rate mm L / min. 15 20 18 26 22 30 16 20 18 26 10 12

Immersion depth mm 700 700 900 700 900 700

E & OE.

Bürkle

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001

015 018 022 130 132 133


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Drum pumps 1 Gas-tight Barrel pump

1

With rigid discharge tube for filling off into small bottles and containers. The bottle is pressed against the connection cone manually.

Bürkle

With flexible discharge tubing for drawing off into larger canisters and containers. Convenient liquid transfer as the canister can be left standing on the floor. The connection cone is pressed against the canister manually. With filling station for small series. The bottle is placed beneath the filling device. A spring presses the connection cone against the bottle to form a seal. Convenient, one-handed, liquid transfer. Suitable for bottles of up to 30cm in height. Each of the three versions is fitted with a gas-displacement device for odour-free, liquid transfer. The pump can be hermetically sealed with 2 ball valves for odour-free liquid transfer using the gas-displacement method. -

parts in contact with media: AISI 304 stainless steel, PTFE, nickel-plated brass, conductive PA. with barrel screw joint, 2" thread for bottle openings 16 to 49 mm screw-on discharge tube/tubing 32 mm dia. immersion tube

Not suitable for acetone!

Description

Flow rate ml / pass 560 350 560 350 560

pump with discharge tube pump with discharge hose and stopcock pump with discharge hose and stopcock Filling station Filling station

Immersion depth mm 910 570 910 570 910

PK

1 1 1 1 1

2 Siphons

Cat. No.

9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001

375 376 377 378 379

2

Bürkle-Laboplast. Transparent with stopcock.

Bürkle

Simple to use, suitable for occasional dispensing of non-aggressive liquids from a higher drum to a lower vessel, following the siphoning principle.

Material

LDPE/PVC

Immersion depth mm 1000

Dia. Flow rate mm L / min. 15 9

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.001 355

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range ! E & OE.

901


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Drum pumps 1 2 Barrel pumps

1

PP. - For decanting acids, caustic solutions and aggressive detergents - Excellent recovery of residual liquid in the barrel provided by base-sitting, non-return valve and steplessly adjustable immersion tube - For barrels and tanks from 60 to 1000 litres

B端rkle

Type A: With rigid, angled, dispensing nozzle. Type B: With flexible, PVC dispensing hose and stopcock. Immersion tube dia.: 32 mm Max. pump capacity: up to approx. 12 L/min. Type

A B A B A B A B A B A B

2

3

4

Immersion depth mm 500 500 650 650 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 1500 1500

Length

PK

mm 595 595 740 740 895 895 1090 1090 1340 1340 1590 1590

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Type

7

5

PK

Cat. No.

R2" steel drum screwthread Drum stoppers for 4 to 70 mm

1 1

9.001 335 9.001 336

Mauser 2" coarse screwthread Tri-Sure, coarse screwthread

1 1

9.001 337 9.001 338

7 Drum hand pump

Immersion depth mm 570 910 570 910

Dia. Description

B端rkle

PK

Cat. No.

mm 32 rigid angled tube 32 rigid angled tube 32 flexible tubing with stopcock

1 1 1

9.001 340 9.001 341 9.001 362

32 flexible tubing with stopcock

1

9.001 363

8 9 Drum pumps, accessories Accessories for stainless steel drum pumps. Constructed in nickel-plated brass. Description Drum screwthread connection 2" Drum screwthread connection 2", hermetic sealing

9

902

356 366 357 367 358 368 359 369 364 370 365 371

B端rkle

Stainless steel V2A and PTFE. Not suitable for acetone! For safe dispensing of low flash point liquids. Solvent resistant. Electrostatic charge can be dissipated through the accessory antistatic set and drum screwthread connection.

8

9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001

3 4 5 6 Manual drum pump, accessories Screwthread connections for PP drum pump

6

Cat. No.

E & OE.

B端rkle PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.001 345 9.001 347


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Drum pumps 1 Footpump, Otal Ultrapure -

1

For dispensing ultrapure solvents Solvent-wetted materials: Stainless steel and PTFE Fixed angle, dispensing tube with stainless steel/Teflon® stopcock Supplied with gas tight, R2" steel barrel internal thread connection

Tube dia. mm 21.0

Immersion depth mm 950

Bürkle

Flow rate L / min. 30

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.001 134

2 Solvent pump

2

- for contamination-free, dispensing of organic solvents and flavouring agents Bürkle - suitable for all commercially available, stainless steel drums up to 60 litre with R2" fine thread necks (immersion depth 600 mm). - gas-tight pump can be completely shut-off using two ball valves - wetted parts are stainless steel, with PTFE seals - electrostatic charge can be dissipated through the accessory antistatic set and drum screwthread connection.

Immersion depth mm 600

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.001 349

3 Drum pumps GLP 25 GLP 25 is your ideal helper for clean and safe liquid transfer from small containers and drums up to 220litres.

Grün-Pumpen GmbH

3

Various media such as undiluted acids and bases, dies, emulsions, dispersions and low-viscosity liquids can be measured out without any problems. Wetted materials are PP, stainless steel and Viton®. The pump is therefore additionally media resistant against aggressive liquids. Driveshaft made from stainless steel. Delivery rates from 1 to 20 l/min adjustable. Pump Set supplied with: motor, pump unit, PP, ¾" dia. inlet tubing (length 500, 700 or 1000mm), PP discharge tubing, 250mm long and adapter for drum necks of 40 to 58 mm.

Description Pump set Pump set Pump set

Length mm 500 700 1000

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.001 410 9.001 411 9.001 412

5

4

4 5 Accessories for drum pumps GLP 25 Grün-Pumpen GmbH Description

PK

Motor for all pump units Pump unit with inlet tubing length 500mm* Pump unit with inlet tubing length 700mm* Pump unit with inlet tubing length 1000mm* Discharge tube PP, length 25cm Adapter PP, diam. 65 to 70mm Nozzle PP, reinforced PVC outlet tubing 1.5m, DN19

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001 9.001

400 401 402 403 404 405 406

* Please order always in addition the discharge tube

E & OE.

903


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Drum pumps 1 Barrel pump, PTFE (Teflon速)

1

For ultrapure and aggressive liquids. Made from solid, pure white PTFE, giving an excellent chemical resistance to all media (with the exception of elemental fluorine). With shut-off valve to reliably prevent the escape of harmful or hazardous liquids and unwanted drips. Electrostatic charge can be dissipated through the accessory antistatic set and drum screwthread connection. Tube dia. mm 32.0

2

Immersion depth mm 950

B端rkle

PK

Cat. No.

1

6.801 515

3

2 3 Drum pumps, mains-powered For safe handling of environmentally hazardous and aggressive liquids as well as inflammable and explosive fluids.

Lutz Pumpen

Drum pumps supplied with: 230V motor, 5m cable and plug, pump tube and tubing connection. Explosion-proof version additionally supplied with earthing strap. "alkalis" Pump set For low-viscosity alkali solutions such as sodium chloride, Potassium hydrate, ammonia, formic acid and acetic acid. Supplied with: Pump, 2.5m PVC tubing (DN19 fitting), PP nozzle and barrel adapter "acids" Pump set For low-viscosity acids such as hydrochloric, phosphoric, chromic, citric acids and battery acid. Supplied with: Pump, 2.5m PVC tubing (DN19 fitting), PP nozzle and barrel adapter Pump set "mineral oils" For low-viscosity mineral oil products such as Diesel, fuel, hydraulic, machinery and motor oils. Supplied with: Pump, 2.5m PVC tubing (DN25 fitting), aluminium nozzle and PP barrel adapter Pump set "solvents" For easily flammable hydrocarbons such as ethanol, gasoline, butanol, isopropanol, kerosene, methanol and petroleum. Supplied with: Pump, 2.5m solvent-resistant tubing (DN25 fitting), brass conductive tubing coupling and nozzle, earthing strap and PP barrel adapter

Type

Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump

Material

Alkalis Alkalis Acids Acids Mineral oils Solvents set Alkalis set Alkalis set Acids set Acids set Mineral oils set Solvents

904

PP PP PP PP aluminium stainless steel PP PP PP PP aluminium stainless steel

Immersion Flow depth rate mm 1000 1200 1000 1200 1000 1000 1000 1200 1000 1200 1000 1000

l / min. 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 95

E & OE.

Delivery head mWS 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 14.0

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880

320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Drum pumps 1

2

1 2 Drum pumps, mains-powered Lightweight and powerful pump for transferring small amounts of aqueous liquids up to 300 mPas from cans and drums with infinitely variable speed controller. -

Lutz Pumpen

Motor 230 V, 200 W (IP 24) Sealless pump tube Polypropylene version for acids and alkalis Stainless steel verstion for low-viscosity lubricants Suitable accessory flow meter required Pump with tubing connection Supplied as a set with 1.5m PVC tubing, nozzle in polypropylene, wall bracket

Type

Material

Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump Pump

PP PP PP stainless stainless stainless PP PP PP stainless stainless stainless

set set set set set set

Immersion Flow depth rate

steel steel steel

steel steel steel

mm 500 700 1000 500 700 1000 500 700 1000 500 700 1000

l / min. 75 75 75 68 68 68 75 75 75 68 68 68

Immersion tube diam. mm 32 32 32 28 28 28 32 32 32 28 28 28

Delivery head

PK

mWS 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.5 6.5 6.5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 4 Flow meter

9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880 9.880

300 301 302 303 304 305 310 311 312 313 314 315

3

Easy to use, compact, and can be rapidly assembled to all drum and container pumps. This flow meter accurately measures low-viscosity, non-inflammable liquids. - measurement by radial turbine technology - easy calibration - different fittings for various applications - automatic measuring - accuracy of measurement Âą1% - durable lithium battery - operating pressure up to 4 bar Specifications Measuring range: Viscosity: Connection:

Cat. No.

Lutz Pumpen

4 5 to 90 litres/min max. 40 mPas 4 bar

Connection G1 G 1 1/4

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.880 340 9.880 341

905


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Drum pumps-Peristaltic pumps 1

1 Antistatic set When dispensing combustible/explosive liquids all pumps, dispensing and filling drums Bürkle involved in the process must be sufficiently earthed, in order to prevent ignition or explosion through electrostatic discharges. Antistatic set, includes three colour-coded connecting cables with clamps, supplied complete in plastic case. Type Antistatic set

2

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.001 346

2 3 Horizontal centrifugal pumps, magnetically coupled These new magnetic drive pumps are designed for pumping acids, bases, mixtures of Lutz Pumpen acids and bases, solvents, photochemicals into alkali stripping baths, galvanic baths, as well as radioactive, sterile, expensive or highly corrosive liquids. The pumps are sealless. The impeller is driven by the magnetic force of the outer magnets, therefore no mechanical seal is required. As the pump housing is hermetically sealed no leaks can occur. The use of high performance, permanent magnets, ensures high transmission forces even at elevated temperatures.

3

- viscosity up to 20 mPas - pump complete with flanged-to motor Magnetic drive pump 15 Watt: Motor 230V, material PP (fibre-glass reinforced), stainless steel (shaft), Viton® (O-ring), tubing connection 14mm Magnetic drive pump 29 Watt: Motor 230V, material PP (fibre-glass reinforced), ceramics (shaft), Rulon (guide bearing), Viton® (O-ring), suction/discharge G ¾" OT (BSP)

Description

15 Watt, without thread 29 Watt, with ¾'' outer thread

4

Flow rate L / min. 12 24

Delivery head mWS 2.0 3.0

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.880 360 9.880 361

4 Analogue, peristaltic and gear pump drives, PD 5001/PD 5006 -

low cost pump drives for general purpose use analogue dial rotation speed adjustment electronic speed monitoring, accuracy ±2% reversible rotation direction, stackable housing

Heidolph

Peristaltic pump PD 5001/PD 5006 - for transporting abrasive, aggressive, corrosive or sterile liquids - problem-free flow under pressure or vacuum - can be combined with 4 different pumpheads - PD 5001: flow rate 0.7 to 729ml/min with single channel - PD 5006: flow rate 3.3 to 3644ml/min with single channel

Type PD 5001 PD 5006

906

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.829 240 9.829 241


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 2 Peristaltic pumps PD 5101/PD 5106

1 Heidolph

Drive PD 5101 - pump drive with analog interface for all standard applications - analogue interface includes speed range setting, direction of rotation and start/stop function - flow rate from 0.3 to 729ml/min with single channel - pump head speed from 5 to 120rpm - electronic speed control with an accuracy of ±0.5% - convenient large dials for speed settings - clockwise and counter clockwise directions - stackable housings, up to 2 pump drives - pump drive can be equipped with 2 pump heads (SP quick and SP quick d) - protection class IP55

2

Drive PD 5106 - pump drive with analogue interface for all standard applications - analogue interface includes speed range setting, direction of rotation and start/stop function - flow rate from 1.6 to 3644ml per minute using single channel - pump head speed from 24 to 600rpm - electronic speed control with an accuracy of ±0.5% - convenient large dials for speed settings - clockwise and counter clockwise directions - stackable housings, up to 2 pump drives - protection class IP55

Type

PD 5101 PD 5106

Flow rate ml/min. 0,005 to 729 1,6 to 3644

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.829 242 9.829 243

3 Digital, peristaltic and gear pump drives, PD 5201/PD 5206

3

Pump drives with analogue and digital (RS232) interfaces for: - setting and display of rotation speed (rpm) - setting and display of flow rate (ml/min.) - setting and display of flow volume (ml) - pulsed dispensing with adjustable pause times - simple calibration

Heidolph

electronic rotation speed adjustment (±0.5%) protection level IP55 (DIN 40050, "Hoseproof") Peristaltic pump PD 5201/PD 5206 - for transport of abrasive, aggressive, corrosive and sterile materials - problem-free flow under pressure or vacuum - can be combined with 5 different pumpheads - PD 5201: flow rate 0.3 to 729ml/min from single channel - PD 5206: flow rate 1.6 to 3644ml/min from single channel

Type PD 5201 PD 5206

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.829 244 9.829 245

907


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 Pump head SP quick/SP quick d

1

-

Fast and convenient tube changes Low pulsation due to 5 roller system Designed for cleaning in industrial washing mashines Pump head features ball bearings Rollers made of stainless steel To attach two pump heads to one drive, choose SP quick in combination with SP quick d Depending on drive and tubing the flow rate ranges from 0.3 to 3300 ml per minute

Type

SP SP SP SP

quick quick quick quick

Tubing wall thickness 1.6 2.5 d 1.6 d 2.5

Heidolph

Flow rate

PK

ml/min. 0.3 to 3300 0.3 to 3300 0.3 to 3300 0.3 to 3300

1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.829 9.829 9.829 9.829

250 251 252 253

2 3 Peristaltic pumpheads SP standard and SP vario

2

-

Convex rollers and concave tube bed for safe pumping and easy centring No crushing of organic cell cultures Rotor equipped with 2 rollers made of stainless steel Discharge flow varies from 0.5 to 3644 ml/min depending on the used power unit and tubing

Heidolph

Peristaltic pumphead SP standard - For simple flow requirements - With polypropylene rollers

3

Peristaltic pumphead SP vario - Rotor with adjustable roller distance - With coated aluminium rollers - Clockwise rotation only

Type

Tubing wall thickness

SP standard 1.6* SP standard 2.5* SP vario**

1.6 2.5 var.

Flow rate ml/min. 0.5 to 3644 0.5 to 3644 0.5 to 3644

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.829 254 9.829 255 9.829 256

PK

Cat. No.

*for simple flow requirements **rotor with adjustable roller distance

1 2 Multi channel peristaltic pumps C4/C8/C12

1

Simultaneous pumping through up to 12 channels - Multi-channel adapter allows combination with pump drive PD 5001, PD 5101 and PD 5201 - Flowrate of 5 Âľl/min to 336 ml/min - Separate dosage into different containers possible - Easily exchangeable cartridges just click into place - Operates also when not all pump heads are used - Wide range of tube material for various applications available

Heidolph

2

Type

Description

C4

for max. 4 x small cassettes

1

9.829 285

C8

for max. 8 x medium or 4 x large cassettes

1

9.829 286

C12

for max. 12 x small cassettes

1

9.829 287

Cassette, small Cassette, medium Cassette, large Multi channel adapter

Flowrate: 0.005 to 40.8 ml/min Flowrate: 0.29 to 25.2 ml/min Flowrate: 1.0 to 336 ml/min

1 1 1 1

9.829 9.829 9.829 9.829

908

E & OE.

288 289 290 291


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps

We can supply this

manufactorerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s whole product range !

E & OE.

909


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 Peristaltic pump drives, MCP, MCP process

1

Can be combined with over 20 pumpheads for flow rates of 0.01 to 3700 ml/min. Combined peristaltic pump and precise dispenser. Microprocessor controlled, with precise controlled rotation speed and metering unit for 1 to 24 pump channels.

Ismatec

The speed (2 to 240 rpm) is adjustable to 0.1 %, key-pad with LCD-display, programmable. Different dosing modes supply very exact and reproducible results. With RS232 interface, tubing valve operation, dosing handle and foot switch. Can be used for sterile dosing up to 135째C (with adequate tubing). Dimensions (WxDxH): 155 x 220 x 260 mm (without pumphead). Programmable functions: - ml/min - drive speed - drop-free (roller reverse step) - calibration ml/min in ml (volume) - drive unit on/off Dosing: - volume ml - volume/time unit - dosing time (0.1 to 999 h) Additonal functions MCP process: - progammable sequences - dust-tight and water-proof

121

Specifications Motor type: Speed: Speed setting: Flow rate setting: Power consumption: Power supply: Protection rating: Weight: Motor type: Speed: Speed setting: Flow rate setting: Power consumption: Power supply: Protection rating: Weight:

MCP-Process d.c. motor 1 to 240 rpm rpm, resolution 0.1 rpm ml/min and/or ml/min 100 W 85 to 264 V, 47 to 60 Hz a.c. IP65 6.9 kg (without pumphead) MCP-Standard d.c. motor 1 to 240 rpm rpm, resolution 0.1 rpm ml/min and/or ml/min 100 W 230 V 50 Hz; 115 V, 60 Hz a.c. selectable IP30 6.4 kg (without pumphead)

Type MCP-Process IP 65 MCP-Standard IP 30

910

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.828 510 9.828 367


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 2 Peristaltic pump drives, BVP-Standard/BVP-Process

1

These three pumps can be combined with over 20 pumpheads for flow rates of 0.001 to 3700 ml/min.

Ismatec

For the continuous pumping of liquids and suspensions with up to 60 % solids content according to capacity or time. Analogue interface for Start/Stop, rotation direction, autostart. -

LED display speed 1 to 240 rpm, resolution 0.1 rpm flow rate 0.001 to 3700 ml/min dimensions (W X D x H): 155 x 220 x 260 mm weight: 5.7 kg (Standard), 6.9kg (Process) power supply 230 V 50/60 Hz a.c. protection rating: IP 30 (Standard), IP 65 (Process) stainless steel housing dust-tight and water-proof max-key, for quick tube refilling

Type

Flow rate

BVP-Standard IP 30 BVP-Process IP 65

ml / min. 0.003 to 3700 0.001 to 3700

2

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.828 366 9.828 512

3 Single-channel pumpheads for BVP-Standard (-Process) and MCP-Standard (-Process) peristaltic pump drive units

3

For tubing with max. wall thickness: 1.6mm (* 2.4 mm) Pumphead type

360 380 380 AD** Pro 280 Pro 380 Pro 281* Pro 381* MF Standard (B) MF Standard (H)

Flow rate

Inputs

ml / min. 0.072 to 880 0.44 to 2810 0.41 to 3600 0.49 to 3700 0.45 to 3400 3.6 to 3100 3.3 to 2900 0.24 to 57 2.3 to 560

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Ismatec

Rollers

PK

3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

371 372 373 520 521 394 396 386 387

* Tubing wall thickness 2.4 mm **Pump head for tubing wall thickness of 1.6 to 2.4 mm

4 Pumpheads for peristaltic pumps BVP-Standard (-Process) and MCP-Standard (-Process) drive units

4 Ismatec

Pumphead type

SB removable plate SB-3V* SB-2V*

Flow rate

Inputs

ml / min. 0.09 to 530 1.1 to 1100

3 2

Rollers

PK

Cat. No.

6 6 6

1 1 1

9.828 533 9.828 216 9.828 215

* Removable plate 9.828 533 is required for operation.

916

E & OE.

911


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1

2

3

1 1-channel-pumpheads for peristaltic pumps BVP-Standard (-Process) and MCP-Standard (-Process) drive units Ismatec Pumphead type

Inputs

Flow rate

Rollers

PK

Cat. No.

7518-10 Easy-Load速* 7018-21 Standard* Easy-Load removable plate

1 1 -

ml / min. 0.07 to 1100 3.4 to 820 -

3 3 0

1 1 1

9.828 391 9.828 388 9.828 530

PTFE tubing pumphead*

1

0.07 to 45

6

1

9.828 395

* Removable plate 9.828 530 is required for operation.

2 3 Pumpheads for peristaltic pumps BVP-Standard (-Process) and MCP-Standard (-Process) drive units Ismatec Pumphead type

CA4 CA8 CA12 MS/CA8-6* MS/CA4-12** MS/CA8 cartridge block MS/CA4-12 cartridge block

Flow rate

Inputs

ml / min. 0.002 to 230 0.002 to 230 0.002 to 230 0.002 to 100 0.001 to 57 0.002 to 100 0.001 to 57

4 8 12 8 4 8 4

Rollers

PK

8 8 8 6 12 6 12

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*extendible to 24 channels **extendible to 16 channels

912

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

379 380 381 375 377 376 378


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 Pumps, peristaltic, multichannel, precision, IPC, IPC-N-IP and IP-N IP and IP-N series, without dispensing features - Microprocessor controlled - very precise pumping

1 Ismatec

IPC and IPC-N series, with dispensing features - Microprocessor controlled - very precise pumping - with "standby-mode" (prevents draining the tubing line e.g. overnight) - with dispensing and calibration functions IPC-N and IP-N series - 4, 8, 12, 16 or 24 channels - 8 actively driven stainless steel rollers - Transparent keyboard and LED-display - Click´n´go cassettes providing defined and repeatable occlusion conditions. - different tube sizes can be inserted in each channel. - 2 Stopper tubes - Differential pressure: 1.0 bar

Specifications IPC and IPC-N: Motor type: Flow rates:

d.c. motor IPC: 0.4 up to 45 l/min IPC-N: 0.11 up to 11.25 l/min 1 to 100 %, resolution 0.1 % in µl/min to ml/min 30 W 230 V 50 Hz, 115 V 60 Hz (selectable) IP 30

Speed range: Input: Supply requirements: Protection class: Specifications IP and IP-N: Motor type: Flow rates:

d.c. motor IP: 0.4 up to 45 l/min IP-N: 0.11 up to 11.25 l/min 1 to 100 %, resolution 0.1 % IP; rpm, resolution 0.1 l/min IP-N: rpm, resolution 0.03 l/min 30 W 230 V 50 Hz, 115 V 60 Hz a.c. (selectable) IP 30

Speed range:

Input: Supply requirements: Protection class:

Type

IP-4 IP-8 IP-12 IP-16 IP-24 IP-N-4 IP-N-8 IP-N-12 IP-N-16 IP-N-24 Foot switch T-51-S IPC-4 IPC-8 IPC-12 IPC-16 IPC-24 IPC-N-4 IPC-N-8 IPC-N-12 IPC-N-16 IPC-N-24

Flow rate ml/min. 0.002 to 44 0.002 to 44 0.002 to 44 0.002 to 44 0.002 to 44 0.0004 to 11 0.0004 to 11 0.0004 to 11 0.0004 to 11 0.0004 to 11 0.002 to 44 0.002 to 44 0.002 to 44 0.002 to 44 0.002 to 44 0.0004 to 11 0,0004 to 11 0.0004 to 11 0.0004 to 11 0.0004 to 11

Inputs

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

to to to to to to to to to to

4 8 12 16 24 4 8 12 16 24

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 175 x 180 x 130 175 x 220 x 130 175 x 260 x 130 175 x 300 x 130 175 x 380 x 130 175 x 180 x 130 175 x 220 x 130 175 x 260 x 130 175 x 300 x 130 175 x 380 x 130

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

to to to to to to to to to to

4 8 12 16 24 4 8 12 16 24

175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175

x x x x x x x x x x

180 220 260 300 380 180 220 260 300 380

x x x x x x x x x x

130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

E & OE.

121

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

346 347 348 349 350 356 357 358 360 370 359 351 352 353 354 355 361 362 363 364 365

913


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1

1 2 Gear pump drives, MCP-Z-Standard, MCP-Z-Progress 2 drive units can be combined with 20 interchangeable magnetically-coupled pumpheads. Flow rates of 1 to 7241 ml/min. are attainable with pulse-free flow. Up to 5.6 bar differential pressure and 21 bar system pressure.

Ismatec

MCP-Z-Standard Microprocessor controlled. Digital display of rotation speed, flow rate, dispensing volume or dispensing time. 4 programme memory and 6 programmable pumping or dispensing functions with calibration mode. Flow rates stored for 20 pumpheads. With RS232 and analogue interfaces. MCP-Z-Process Industrial process-adapted drive, dust and watertight, washdown (IP 65) capability through completely sealed stainless steel housing. PC programmed processes can be stored in the pump memory and operated without PC. Other specifications are as MCP-Z-Standard.

2

Type

PK

MCP-Z-Standard MCP-Z-Process Spare magnet for MCP-Z-Standard Spare magnet for MCP-Z-Process

1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

308 309 344 345

Please order two tubing connectors separately. Tubing connectors - see Gear pump heads.

3

3 Gear pump drive BVP-Z Flow rates of 1 to 7241 ml/min. Motor speed: 60 to 6000 rpm, adjustable in 0.1% Ismatec steps. Up to 5.6 bar differential pressure and 21 bar system pressure, Rotation speed adjustable via 2 or 3-digit, mechanical push-button potentiometer, with analogue interface and double overload protection. With magnet. - Weight 5.7 kg - 155 x 220 x 260 mm - Supply requirements: 230 V 50 Hz, 150W Type BVP-Z Spare magnet for BVP-Z

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.828 307 9.828 344

Please order two tubing connectors separately. Tubing connectors - see Gear pump heads.

Gear pumps MCP-Z, BVP-Z, Reglo-Z/ZS, accessories Please order 2 tubing connection ferrules which are necessary for pump operation. Type

PK

Spare magnet for MCP-Z and BVP-Z Spare magnet for Reglo-Z / -ZS Spare magnet MCP-Z-Process Connector nipple (required)

914

Ismatec

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

344 306 345 540


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 2 Gear pump drives, Reglo-Z/ZS

1

Drive units can be combined with 14 interchangeable magnetically-coupled pumpheads. Flow rates of 1 to 3290 ml/min. are attainable with pulse-free flow. Motor speed 50 to 5000 rpm, adjustable in 0.1% steps.

Ismatec

Rotation speed adjustable via 2-digit mechanical push-button potentiometer, with analogue interface. - Weight 2.0 kg - 175 x 100 x 135 mm - Supply requirements: 230 V 50 Hz a.c., 50 W Reglo-ZS: Drive and pump head are separated from control unit by a 2 m long cable. Applications: - cooling and climatic technology - water purification - liquid chromatography - surface coating

2

Type Reglo-Z Reglo-ZS Magnet for Reglo-Z / -ZS

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.828 302 9.828 305 9.828 306

Please order one magnet and two tubing connectors separately. Tubing connectors - see Gear pump heads.

3 Gear pump drives, Reglo-Z Digital

3

Pulsefree dispensing pumps with excellent repeatability! - Flow rates 0.85 to 3200 ml/min (depending on mounted pump-head) - 6-button membrane key-pad - LED display Operating modes: - pumping by drive speed (rpm) - pumping by flow rate (ml/min) - dispensing by volume (ml) - dispensing by time (0.1s up to 999hrs) - dispensing by volume within a pre-set time - interval dispensing by volume with a pause - interval dispensing by time with a pause - setting the number of dispensing cycles - pause time setting (from 0.1s up to 999hrs) - back-steps for drip-free dispensing - reversible rotation direction (only for Cavity Style pumpheads) Calibrating functions: - for flow rate (ml/min) - for dispensing volume (ml) Motor speed Speed setting RS232 interfaces Analogue output Digital input (TTL level) Differential pressure Motor type Power consumption Supply requirements Protection rating Dim. D x W x H Weight Accessories

Ismatec

50 to 5000 rpm digital speed setting (resolution 1 rpm), closed loop control - RS232 "in" - for operation controlling via PC - RS232 "out" - for cascading up to 8 pumps Speed monitoring (0 to 12 kHz) Run/Stop, autostart max. 5.2 bar/75.4 psi (depending on pump-head) d.c. motor 60 W 85 to 264 V a.c., 47 to 60 Hz IP 30 175 x 97 x 135 mm (6.8" x 3.8 " x 5.3 ") (without pump-head) 1.7 kg (3.7 lb) (without pump-head) - Driver for "LabView" software (free download) - Foot switch

Type Reglo-Z Digital

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.828 310

Please order one magnet and two tubing connectors separately. Tubing connectors - see Gear pump heads.

E & OE.

915


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1

911 914 916

1 Pumpheads for gear pumps MCP-Z, BVP-B User-specific pumping heads, drive magnets and two hose connectors are reqiured for operating the magnet-coupled gear pumps. Temperatures -45 to +177°C. If you want to operate pumps with teflon fitments at more than 54°C, please specify this in your order, because operation up to 99°C requires alternative seals. Please note: The flow rate depends on the model.

Ismatec

- magnets, see gear pump drives - Service kits available on request Further pump heads available on request. Type

Gear material

Z-120 Z-122 Z-130 Z-140 Z-142 Z-150 Z-181 Z-183 Z-186 Z-200 Z-1830 Z-201 Tubing ferrules (required)

PTFE PTFE PPS PTFE PTFE PPS Graphite Graphite Graphite PPS PPS PPS

Flow rate ml/min. 40 to 3950 55 to 5480 40 to 3950 40 to 3950 55 to 5480 33 to 3950 3 to 252 5 to 504 1 to 99 35 to 3509 6 to 560 73 to 7241

Gear material: PPS = Polyphenylene sulphide PTFE=Polytetrafluorethylene Case material = 316 Stainless steel

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range ! 916

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

405 407 408 409 411 412 413 414 415 416 418 417 540


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 3

123

3 Pump, peristaltic, Flowmaster FMT 300 Offers high flow rates from 37 ml/min to 13 l/min for industrial applications.

Ismatec

Protection level IP65, sterile tube insertion without priming. Simple detachable pumphead makes cleaning easy, no tools required. Dispensing in intervals possible.

Specifications Pumping speed: Power consumption: Power supply: Protection: Dimensions (HxWxD): Weight: Flowrate: Pumphead:

5 to 500rpm, accuracy 0.1rpm, waterproof keypad, LED readout 500 W 115/230V 60 Hz a.c., switchable IP 65 220x500x262mm 26 kg 37 to 13000 ml/min. Comprises a 3-roller pumphead for tubing with a thickness of 3.2 mm

Type Flowmaster FMT 300

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.828 541

917


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 Laboratory peristaltic pumps, behrotest速

1

Compact laboratory peristaltic pumps with stepless, adjustable flow rate, pump rotor, two compression and four guide rollers. Changing pump tubing is easy, no tools or other aids are required. For 220V 50 Hz a.c. supplies. Type

PLP PLP PLP PLP

Flow rate

33 66 330 1000

Behr

PK

L/hr. 0.4 to 2 1.0 to 4 4.0 to 24 15 to 60

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.700 9.700 9.700 9.700

420 421 422 423

2 3 Pumps, peristaltic, Ecoline

2

Flow rate 0.005 to 5400 ml/min. Robust and economical. Stainless steel housing. Easy handling. For all applications in laboratory and industry.

Ismatec

Ecoline VC-280: Economical, basic, single-channel drive model for flow rates up to 5.4 l/min. with variable speed. Ecoline VC-360 and VC380: 1-channel tubing pumps, microprocessor controlled. With 2-digit potentiometer, scaled 1 to 99% and analogue interface for Start/Stop, rotation direction, speed control (0 to 5 or 0 to 10V/0 to 20 or 4 to 20 mA).

3

Ecoline VC-drive without pump heads: - combinable with Easy-Load速, MS/CA 8-6 and MS/CA 8-6 pumpheads

121

Type

VC-280 II VC-360 II VC-380 II Ecoline VC-drive Easy-Load速 MS/CA 8-6 MS/CA4-12

4

Channels

Rollers Flow rate

1 1 1 0 1 8 4

2 3 3 0 3 6 12

ml / min. 1.7 to 5400 0.25 to 1300 1.6 to 5000 0,23 to 1600 0.23 to 1600 0.005 to 150 0.003 to 83

To fit tubing mm 1.6 to 11.1 0.8 to 6.4 1.6 to 11.1 0.8 to 8.0 0.13 to 3.17 0.13 to 3.17

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

513 514 515 516 391 376 378

4 Compact peristaltic pump Reglo-Quick Flow rate 2.1 to 230 ml/min. Ismatec Single-channel tubing pump with user friendly pump head for fast change of tubing. The tubing bed is easily accessible, with large opening angle of the protection cover, rapid tube change-over. -

high reproductibility via speed-controlled drive with hinged, transparent protection cover for standard silicone or Tygon tubing occupies minimal space max. differential pressure 1.5 bar reduced pulsation

Specifications Speed: Speed setting: Power supply: Protection rating: Dimensions (D x W x H): Weight: Type

Reglo-Quick

918

3.2 to 160 rpm 1 to 99 %, resolution 1%, 2-digit potentiometer 230 V 50 Hz, 115 V 60 Hz a.c. selectable IP 30 178 x 100 x 143 mm 2.2 kg

Channels

Rollers Flow rate

PK

Cat. No.

1

ml / min. 4 2.1 to 230

1

9.828 490

E & OE.


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 Pumps, peristaltic, Reglo-Analogue

1

For high precision pumping in the ml-range and below (0.002 to 68 ml/min).

Ismatec

Simple Click'n'go mini tubing assembly cartridges. With remote control for on/off and speed. -

power consumption 20 W overload control analogue interface for 0.13 to 3.17 mm tubing i.d. 3-stop, colour-coded tubing

Dimensions (WxDxH) 2-channel versions: 4-channel versions: Type

MS-2/6-160 MS-2/8-160 MS-2/12-160 MS-4/6-100 MS-4/8-100 MS-4/12-100

Rotation speed rpm 4.8 to 160 4.8 to 160 4.8 to 160 3.0 to 100 3.0 to 100 3.0 to 100

100 x 178 x 143 mm 100 x 190 x 143 mm Flow rate ml/min. 0.005 to 68 0.004 to 57 0.003 to 38 0.003 to 43 0.003 to 35 0.002 to 24

Channels

Rollers

PK

2 2 2 4 4 4

6 8 12 6 8 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

470 471 474 472 473 475

2 Pumps, peristaltic, Reglo-Digital

2

For high precision pumping in the ml-range and below (0.001 to 68 ml/min).

Ismatec

Simple Click'n'go mini tubing assembly cartridges. Microprocessor controlled, with RS232 interface and can be calibrated. Programmable flow rates, dispensing volume and pause times. Digital LED display. For: 0.13 to 3.17 mm i.d. tubing.

Type

MS-2/6-160 MS-2/8-160 MS-2/12-160 MS-4/6-100 MS-4/8-100 MS-4/12-100

Rotation speed rpm 1.6 to 160 1.6 to 160 1.6 to 160 1.0 to 100 1.0 to 100 1.0 to 100

Flow rate ml/min. 0.003 to 68 0.002 to 57 0.002 to 38 0.002 to 43 0.002 to 35 0.001 to 24

Inputs

Rollers

PK

6 8 12 6 8 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 4 4 4

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

480 481 484 482 483 485

123

3 Compact peristaltic pumps MS-CA

3

Flow rate 0.021 to 26 ml/min. Simple Click'n'go mini tubing assembly cartridges. - 3-stop colour-coded tubing - fixed-speed motor - Dimensions MS-CA2 (WxDxH): 88 x 135 x 125 mm - Dimensions MS-CA4 (W x D x H): 88 x 135 x 145 mm Type

MS-CA MS-CA MS-CA MS-CA MS-CA MS-CA

2/620 2/660 2/640 2/840 2/820 2/860

Rotation speed rpm 20 60 40 40 20 60

Flow rate ml/min. 0.028 to 8.5 0.083 to 26.0 0.1 to 20.0 0.1 to 14.5 0.021 to 7.1 0.064 to 21.0

Ismatec

Channels

Rollers

PK

2 2 2 2 2 2

6 6 6 8 8 8

1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

142 146 144 154 152 156

919


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 Pumps, liquid, ceramic piston, MCP-CPF Process without pumphead

1

Operate on a valveless rotating piston principle with liquid pathway materials made of sapphire-hard, chemically inert ceramic (99.7 % Al2O3).

Ismatec

Ideal for chemically aggressive and viscous or crystallizing materials. Differential pressure up to 6.9 bar. Industrial process-adapted drive, dust- and water-tight, with washdown (IP 65) capability due to completely sealed stainless steel housing. PC-programmed routines can be stored in the pump memory and run without needing a PC.

911 914 916

Type

Flow rate

MCP-CPF process Reglo-CPF*

ml / min. 0,025 to 2300 0.08 to 180

Specifications Motor: Rotation speed: Speed resolution: Flowrate setting: Power rating: Overall (WxDxH): Safety protection: Weight: Supply requirements:

d.c. motor 10.0 to 1800 rpm. 1rpm, 0.1 rpm selectable. ml/µin, µl/µin, l/µin 100 W 155 x 220 x 260 mm (without pumphead) IP65 6.9kg (without pumphead) 85 to 264V a.c. 47/ 60 Hz

Width

Depth

Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 155 100

mm 220 175

mm 260 135

1 1

9.828 511 9.828 368

2

2 Gyro flask pumpheads for MCP-CPF-Process Ismatec

Type

Pump head

RH00SKY-LF RH00CKC-LF RH0CKC RH1CKC QP.Q1.CSC QP.Q2.CSC QP.Q3.CKC

steel SS316 ceramic ceramic ceramic ceramic ceramic ceramic

Working vol. µl 2.5 to 25 2.5 to 125 5 to 50 10 to 100 12.8 to 320 28.8 to 720 59.2 to 1280

Flow rate ml / min. 0.025 to 45 0.025 to 45 0.050 to 90 0.10 to 180 0.13 to 576 0.29 to 1300 0.51 to 2300

To fit tubing mm i.d. 1.5 i.d. 1.5 o.d. 6.4 o.d. 6.4 i.d. 9.5 i.d. 9.5 o.d. 12.7/i.d. 6.4

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Alternative Gyro flask pumpheads RH... and QP... available on request !

920

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

423 422 420 421 431 432 433


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 Gyro flask pumpheads for MCP-CPF Process pump drive Ismatec Type

Pump head

MCP-/BVP MCP-/BVP MCP-/BVP MCP-/BVP MCP-/BVP-W* MCP-/BVP-W* MCP/BVP-WT** MCP/BVP-WT**

Steel SS316 Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic

Working vol. Âľl 3.2 to 80 12.8 to 320 28.8 to 720 51.2 to 1280 12.8 to 320 28.8 to 720 12,8 to 320 28.8 to 720

Flow rate ml / min. 0.04 to 144 0.13 to 576 0.29 to 1300 0.51 to 2300 0.13 to 576 0.29 to 1300 0.13 to 576 0.29 to 1300

To fit tubing mm 6.4 9.5 9.5 12.7 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828 9.828

430 431 432 433 434 435 424 425

Alternative pumpheads are available - details on request ! *W - with rinsing inlet **WT - with rinsing and thermostatic control inlet

2 Gyro flask pumpheads for Reglo CPF, digital

1 Ismatec

Working vol. Âľl 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 10 to 100

Flow rate ml / min. 0.1 to 45 0.2 to 90 0.4 to 180

Pump head ceramic ceramic ceramic

To fit tubing mm i.d. 1.6 o.d. 6.0 o.d. 6.0

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.828 422 9.828 420 9.828 421

1 Pumps, liquid, ceramic piston, valveless, BVP and MCP standard

2

Without pumphead, without removable plate.

Ismatec

BVP: Rotation speed is adjustable via 3-digit, mechanical, push-button potentiometer. Analogue input/output interface. MCP: Microprocessor controlled. Digital display of flow rate, dispensing volume or rotation speed. Memorised pumphead specifications with adjustable piston stroke volume. Programmable pump and dispensing functions with calibration mode. 4 programme memory. RS 232 interface. Analogue input/output.

Specifications BVP: Motor type: Rotation speed: Speed adjustment: Safety protection: Power rating: Supply requirements: Specifications MCP: Motor type: Rotation speed: Speed adjustment: Safety protection: Power rating: Supply requirements: Dimensions (WxDxH) BVP/MCP:

Type

BVP MCP Removable plate for BVP/MCP

1

d.c. motor 2.4 to 240 rpm 1 to 99.9%, resolution 0.1% IP 30 100 W 230 V 50 Hz, 115 V 60 Hz a.c. selectable d.c. motor 1 to 240 rpm 1 to 99.9%, resolution 0.1% IP 30 100 W 230 V 50 Hz, 115 V 60 Hz a.c. selectable 155 x 220 x 260 mm

Flow rate ml / min. 0.008 to 307 0.004 to 307

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.828 366 9.828 367 9.828 369

916

921


8. Liquid Handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Pumps/Peristaltic pumps 1 2 Sensors behrotest速 for canisters with screw-on closures

1

Sensors for monitoring the maximum fill height Behr Sensors for monitoring the maximum fill height are used to protect against damage from overflowing vessels. A float assembly encloses a reed contact which activates an acoustic alarm when the maximum fill height is reached, enabling the user to stop further filling in time to prevent overflow. Sensors for monitoring the minimum fill height Sensors for monitoring the minimum fill height are used to protect against interruption in supply or inadequate volume available in processes requiring continuous withdrawal of a liquid from a container. They give an acoustic warning when the content of the container runs low. The sensors are available in various lengths to permit use in containers of different heights. When the liquid level in the container sinks below the set point, a float drops, opening a reed contact. An alarm warning then informs the user of the imminent risk of an empty reservoir.

2

Type

For

Material

FS001 FS002 FS003 FS007 FS004 FS008 FS005 FS009 FS006 FS010

maximum fill height maximum fill height minimum fill height minimum fill height minimum fill height minimum fill height minimum fill height minimum fill height minimum fill height minimum fill height

PVC PP PVC PP PVC PP PVC PP PVC PP

922

Length mm 50 50 320 320 400 400 650 650 1000 1000

For

PK

all types all types 5 to 10 litre canisters 5 to 10 litre canister 20 to 30 litre canisters 20 to 30 litre canisters 60 litre canister 60 litre canister 120 litre / 122 litre drums 120 litre / 122 litre drums

E & OE.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.843 9.843 9.843 9.843 9.843 9.843 9.843 9.843 9.843 9.843

906 907 908 912 909 913 910 914 911 915


GC_2010_UK_Chap8